Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 2001-R0332 - Contract For Mae Simmons Outreach Center Renovations - Art Cuevas Construction - 08/30/2001Resolution No. 2001-RO332 August 30, 2001 Item No. 44 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, a contract for the Mae Simmons Outreach Center renovations -ITB #182-01/RS, by and between the City of Lubbock and Art Cuevas Construction, Inc. of Lubbock, Texas and related documents. Said contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council this 30th ATTEST: Rebecca Garza, City Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: Victor Kilman,'Purchasing Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: William de Haas Contract Manager/Attorney gs*cdocs/Contract-Art Cuevas Const Inc.res August 21, 2001 day of August ,2001. 10MM' '• V6- No Text City of Lubbock .•w PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING 162513 TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 PH: (806)775-2167 FAX:(806)775-2164 http://purchasing.ci.lubbock.tx.us ITB #182-01/RS, Addendum#1 ,ADDENDUM #1 ITB #182-01 /RS Mae Simmons Outreach Center Renovations MAILED TO VENDOR: July 12, 2001 CLOSE DATE: July 19, 2001 @ 3:00 P. M. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1. Please find enclosed the Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Determinations, HUD Certifications, and Special Conditions of the Agreement 2. On the drawings, Sheet E1, in Keyed Note 3, change "5000 MCM" to "500 MCM". 3. On the drawings, Sheet E1, change the home run panel designation for HP -1 from "A-9" to "A-10". 4. On the drawings, Sheet E1, change home run designation "A-12" to "A-13". 5. On the drawings, Sheet E1, add the following: "Remove the existing weather head serving the existing MDP and install a new weather head to serve new Panel A. Provide new grounding for Panel A in accordance with the NEC'. n. Door Schedule, Sheet A5, doors number 6 and 7 to be changed from "34x80" to "36x80". 7. Cabinet Section, Sheet A5, change counter height from 36" to be 34" above the floor. 3. Enlarged Toilets, Sheet A5, toilet partitions are to be constructed of baked enamel steel, full flush supports, equal to American Sanitary Partition Corporation, Type BE -FF, and have 36 inch wide doors with wall bumpers. 9. On the drawings, Sheet M2, move the exhaust fan control switch to the east face of the stove alcove, comply with the reach limitations of the Texas Accessibility Standards. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to : (806)775-2164 or Email to: RShuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK w.K Ron Shuffield Senior Buyer PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID. 182-01/RSadd1 'X' S Document Retrieval http://neptutic, fedworld.govic?i-bin... (75072225+1+0+0&,\vaisaction=retrie\,t z ' r� GENERAL DECISION TX010015 06/01/01 TX15 General Decision Number TX010015 Superseded General Decision No. TX000015 State: TEXAS Construction Type: BUILDING County(ies) : LUBBOCK BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories). (Use current heavy & highway general wage determination for Paving & Utilities Incidental to Building Construction). Modification Number Publication Date 0 03/02/2001 04/13/2001 2 06/01/2001 COUNTY(ies) : LUBBOCK CARP1884A 07/01/1993 Rates Fringes CARPENTERS 12.50 2.73 MILLWRIGHTS ---------------------------------------------------------------- 13.00 2.73 ELEC0850A 05/29/1997 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIANS ---------------------------------------------------------------- 15.25 3.20+3.75°% * PLUM0629A 06/01/2001 Rates Fringes PLUMBERS ---------------------------------------------------------------- 17.60 4.35 SFTX0669A 04/01/2001 �.w Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTERS 22.62 7.35 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SUTX2048A 03/16/1992 Rates Fringes ACOUSTICAL CEILING AND DRYWALL MECHANICS 10.00 .25 BRICKLAYERS 11.74 ems+ GLAZIERS 9.50 LABORERS 5.95 LATHERS 11.17 MASON TENDERS 6.25 PAINTERS 10.50 . PLASTERERS 11.17 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: �, Backhoe 10.50 .42 'A'. S Ddctiment Retrieval lwFl http:lineptune. fedworld.gov/cgi-bin...678072228=1=0-0R:waisaction=retrieve ROOFERS 9.71 SHEET METAL WORKERS (Including duct work) 8.80 .69 ----------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for the craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (v) ) In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted A„ because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the http://neptune.fed world.�ov/cgi-bin...673072225+1+0+O&,waisaction=retrieve Document Retrieval interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to.the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION 7,'11. 11:10 A' HUD CERTIFICATIONS SECTION 3 / STATEMENT OF WORK FORCE NEEDS a 1 CERTIFICATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 109 OF PUB. L. 100-202 REGARDING RESTRICTIONS ON THE AWARD OF CERTAIN CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES (a) Definitons. The definitions pertaining to this provision are those that are set forth in the clause entitled "Restrictions on Public Works Project." (b) Certification. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this provision, by submission of its bid or proposal, the bidder certifies that it - (1) Is not a Contractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) (see paragraph (h) of this provision); (2) Has not or will not enter into any subcontract with a subcontractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR; and (3) Will not provide and product of a country included on the list of foreign countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR. .a. (c) Inability to certify. A bidder unable to certify in accordance with paragraph (b) of this provision shall submit with its offer a written explanation fully describing the reasons for its inability to make the certification. (d) Applicability of 18 U.S.C. 1001. The certification in paragraph (b) of this provision concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States, and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, U.S.C. 1001. PW (e) Notice. The bidder shall provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time before the contract award, the bidder learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. (f) Restrictions on contract award. Unless a waiver to these restrictions is granted by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, no contract will be awarded to a bidder (1) who is owned or controlled by a citizen or national of a foreign country included on the list of foreign countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR, (2) whose subcontractors are owned or controlled by citizens or nationals of a foreign country on the USTR list, or (3) who incorporates any product of a foreign country on the USTR list in the public works project. (g) Recordkeeping. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by paragraph (b) of this provision. The knowledge and information of a bidder is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. (h) USTR list. The USTR published an initial list in the Federal Register on December 30, 1987 (53 FR49244), which identified one country - Japan. The USTR can add countries to.the list, and remove countries from it, in accordance with section 109(c) of Pub. L. 100-202. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: S etary 1 TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK P. P.O. BOX 2000 LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79457 CONTACTOR INFORMATION DATE: /-q- , CDWO: PROJECT CDWO: PROJECT NAME: �¢ ��Ml yY101ys 1. The undersigned, having submitted a bid to the City of Lubbock for the construction of the above identified project,. certifies that: (a) The legal name and business address (including zip code) of the undersigned is:�a�-S% 2. The undersigned is: (a) A single proprietorship (list sole owner). (b) A partnership (list all partners). (c) A corporation (names of all principals and their titles). President:Ar--, Ct t eVp'-'s- Vice -President: _�i7p- CeA e -y} Secretary/Treasurer: - ceA eY4!�!j 3. The Taxpayer Identification Number for the undersigned is (whichever is applicable): (a) Employer Identification Number (Federal Identification Number): (b) Social Security Number: 2 I -+ 4. If awarded this bid for the aforementioned project, the undersigned agrees to forward to the City of Lubbock within ten days after the execution of any subcontractor(s) al list of all subcontractor(s) who will be employed on said project. This list will consist of the subcontractor's legal name and business address. Contractor (Printed or Typed Name) Company Address City County State Zip Code Telephone. ( ) Fax Number: ( ) Date. 2001 r� SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT i' 1. PAYROLLS AND BASIC PAYROLL RECORDS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS The Contractor and each subcontractor shall prepare their payrolls on forms satisfactory to and in accordance with instructions to be furnished by the Local Public Agency or Public Body. The Contractor shall submit weekly to the Local Public Agency or Public Body two certified copies of all payrolls of the Contractor and of the subcontractors, it being understood that the Contractor shall be responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls of all subcontractors. Each such payroll shall contain the "Weekly Statement of Compliance" set forth in Section 3.3 of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. The payrolls and basic payroll records of the Contractor and each subcontractor covering all laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three (3) years thereafter. Such payrolls and basic payroll records shall contain the name and address of each such employee, his correct classification, rate of pay (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated of the types described in Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. In addition, whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under Section 5.5(a)(1)(iv) of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor or subcontractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall make their employment records with respect to persons employed by them upon the work covered by this Contract available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, the Local Public Agency or Public Body and the United States Department of Labor. Such representatives shall be permitted to interview employees of the Contractor or of any subcontractor during working hours on the job. 2. MINIMUM WAGES (See Exhibit B: In excess of $2,000) P" All laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be paid unconditionally and not less often than once each week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are made mandatory by law and such other payroll deductions as are permitted by the applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, pursuant to the Anti - Kickback Act hereinafter identified), the full amount due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination decision of said Secretary of Labor (a copy of which is included in Exhibit B) regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor or any 100 subcontractor and such laborers and mechanics. All laborers and mechanics employed upon such work shall be paid in cash, except that payment may be by check if the employer provides or secures satisfactory facilities approved by the Local Public Agency or Public Body for the cashing of the same without cost or expense to the employee. For the purpose of this clause, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(1)(iv) of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. Also for the purpose of this clause, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period under plans, ., funds or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. _. POSTING WAGE DETERMINATION DECISIONS AND AUTHORIZED WAGE DEDUCTIONS ri The applicable wage poster of the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, and the applicable wage determination decisions of said Secretary of Labor with respect to the various classification of laborers and mechanics employed and to be employed upon the work covered by this Contract, and a statement showing all deductions, if any, in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, to be made from wages actually earned by persons so employed or to be employed in such classifications, shall be posted at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the work. -t. EMPLOYMENT OF LABORERS OR MECHANICS NOT LISTED IN AFORESAID WAGE DETERMINATION DECISIONS Any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination decisions and which is to be employed under the Contract will be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination by the Local Public Agency or Public Body, and a report of the action taken shall be submitted by the Local Public Agency or L Public Body, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor. In the event the interested parties cannot agree on the proper classification or reclassification of a particular class of laborers and mechanics to be used, the question, accompanied by the recommendation of the Local Public Agency or Public Body, shall be referred, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for final determination. �. SPECIFIC COVERAGE OF CERTAIN TYPES OF WORK BY EMPLOYEES The transportation of materials and supplies to or from the site of the Project or Program to which this Contract pertains by the employees of the Contractor or of any subcontractor, and the manufacturing or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies or equipment on the site of the Project or Program to which this Contract pertains by persons employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor, shall, for the purposes of this Contract, and without limiting the geniality of the foregoing provisions of this Contract, be deemed to be work to which these Federal Labor Standards Provisions are applicable. 6. UNDERPAYMENTS OF WAGES OR SALARIES In case of underpayment of wages by the Contractor or by any subcontractor to laborers or mechanics employed by the Contractor or subcontractor upon the work covered by this Contract, the Local Public Agency or Public Body, in addition to such other rights as may be afforded it under this Contract, shall withhold from the Contractor, out of any payments due the Contractor, so much thereof as the Local Public Agency or Public Body may consider necessary to pay such laborers or mechanics the full amount of wages required by this Contract. The amount so withheld may be disbursed by the Local Public Agency or Public Body, for and on account of the Contractor or the subcontractor (as may be appropriate), to the respective laborers or mechanics to whom the same is due, or on their behalf to plans, funds or programs for any type of fringe benefit prescribed in the applicable determination. ANTICIPATED COSTS OF FRINGE BENEFITS If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing fringe benefits under a plan or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decisions of the Secretary of Labor, which are a part of this Contract: Provided, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the p" Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside, in a separate account, assets for meeting the obligations under the plan or program. A copy of any findings made by the Secretary of Labor in respect to fringe benefits being provided by a••. the Contractor must be submitted to the Local Public Agency or Public Body with the first payroll filed by the Contractor subsequent to receipt of the findings. S. FRINGE BENEFITS NOT EXPRESSED AS HOURLY WAGE RATES The Local Public Agency or Public Body shall require, whenever the minimum rate prescribed in the Contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefits which is not expressed as an hourly wage rate, and the .,, Contractor is obligated to pay the cash equivalent of such a fringe benefit, an hourly cash equivalent thereof to be established. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question, accompanied by the recommendation of the Local Public Agency or Public Body, shall be referred, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for determination. 9. OVERTIME COMPENSATION REQUIRED BY CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT (76 STAT 357-360: TITLE 40 U.S.C. SECTIONS 327-332) (a) Overtime requirements. No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and guards, shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any work week in which they are employed on such work to work in excess of 40 hours in such work week unless such laborer or mechanic receives b compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times their basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such work week. (b) Violation: Liability for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable to any affected employee for his unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a) in the sum of $10 for, each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard work week of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (a). (c) Withholding for liquidated damages. The Local Public Agency or Public Body shall withhold or cause to be withheld from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor such sums as may administratively be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section. (d) Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontract which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. 10. EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICES/TRAINEES (a) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U. S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a rState Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate who is not a trainee as defined in paragraph (b) of this Section, or is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performs. The Contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish to the contracting officer, or a representative of the Wage -Hour Division of the U. S. Department of Labor, written evidence of the registration of and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeymen hourly rates), for the area of construction prior to using any apprentice on the Contract work. The wage rate paid apprentices shall be not less than the appropriate percentage of the journeyman's rate contained in the applicable wage determination. (b) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.15, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification, by the U. D. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. The ratio of trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for his level of progress. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training shall be paid not less than the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performs. The Contractor or subcontractor will be required to performs. The Contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish the contracting officer or a representative of the Wage -Hour Division of the U. S. Department of Labor written evidence of the certification of his program, the registration of the trainees and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in that program. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (c) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. a., 11. EMPLOYMENT OF CERTAIN PERSONS PROHIBITED No person under the age of sixteen years and no person who, at the time, is serving sentence in a penal or correctional institution shall be employed on the work covered by this Contract. 12. REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SO-CALLED "ANTI -KICKBACK ACT' The Contractor shall comply with the applicable regulations (See Exhibit A, attached and herein incorporated by reference) of the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, made pursuant to the so-called "Anti - Kickback Act" of June 13, 1934 (48 Stat. 948, 62 Stat. 862. 63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967; 62 Stat. 740: Title 18 U.S.C., Section 874 and Title 40 U.S.C., Section 276c) and any amendments or modifications thereof, and shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in subcontracts to insure compliance therewith by all subcontractors subject thereto, and shall be responsible for the submission of affidavits required by subcontractors thereunder, except as said Secretary of Labor may specifically provide for reasonable limitations, variations, tolerances and exemptions from the requirements thereof. 13. COMPLAINTS PROCEEDINGS OR TESTIMONY BY EMPLOYEES No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage, salary or other labor standards provisions of this Contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated against by the Contractor or any subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under or relating to the labor standards applicable to his employer under this Contract. 14. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES PERTAINING TO WAGE RATES Claims and disputes pertaining to wage rates or to classifications of laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be promptly reported by the Contractor, in writing, to the Local Public Agency or Public Body for referral by the latter through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, whose decision shall be final with respect thereto. 1�. QUESTIONS CONCERNING CERTAIN FEDERAL STATUTES AND REGULATIONS All questions arising under this Contract which relate to the application or interpretation of (a) the aforesaid Anti - Kickback Act, (b) the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (c) the aforesaid Davis -Bacon act, (d) the regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, pursuant to said Acts or (e) the labor standards provisions of any other pertinent Federal statute, shall be referred, through the Local Public Agency or Public Body and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, for said Secretary's appropriate ruling or interpretation, which shall be authoritative and may be relied upon for the purpose of this Contract. 16. BREACH OF FOREGOING FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS In addition to the causes for termination of this Contract as herein elsewhere set forth, the Local Public Agency or Public Body reserves the right to terminate this Contract if the Contractor or any subcontractor whose subcontract covers any of the work covered by this Contract shall breach any of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions. A breach of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions may also be grounds for debarment, as provided by the applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor. A breach of Section 45 and the Federal Labor Standards Provisions may be grounds for termination of the Contract, and for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.6. 17. INTEREST OR MEMBER OF OR DELEGATE TO CONGRESS No member of or Delegate to Congress or Resident Commissioner shall be admitted to any share of this Contract r« or to any benefit that may arise therefrom, but this provision shall not be construed to extend to this Contract if made with a corporation for its general benefit. 4 ., 18. OTHER PROHIBITED INTERESTS No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to negotiate, make, accept or approve, or to take part in negotiating, making, accepting or approving any architectural, engineering, inspection, construction or material supply contract or any subcontract in connection with the construction of the project shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any part hereof. No officer, employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector of or for the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to exercise any legislative, executive, supervisory or other similar functions in connection with the construction of the project shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any part thereof, any material supply contract, subcontract, insurance contract or any other contract pertaining to the project. r*+ 19. SPECIAL EQUAL OPPORTUNITY PROVISIONS A. Activities and Contracts Not Subject to Executive Order 11246 as Amended. Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontractors under $10.000) During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because ,., of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants for employment are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. (2) The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Contracting Officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor shall state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. (3) The Contractor shall incorporate the foregoing requirements in all subcontracts. B. Contracts Subject to Executive Order 11246 as Amended. (Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000) �* During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure .., that applicants for employment are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer,; -* recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Contracting Officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without + regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. (3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by theContract Compliance Officer advising the said labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitment under this Section, and shall post copies of the notice- in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. sem+ A. The work to be performed under this Contract is on a project assisted under a program providing direct Federal financial assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701 u. Section 3 requires that to the greatest extent feasible opportunities for training and employment be given lower income residents of the project area, and contracts for work in connection with the project be awarded to business concerns which are located in, or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of the project. spa 6 4 The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, O pY and the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (5) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and the rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the Department and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders. (6) In the, event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this r� Contact, or with any of such rules, regulations or orders, this Contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contract procedures authorized in Poo Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by laws. (7) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph B(1) of this Section, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) which follow, in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontractor or purchase order as the Department may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor become involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with the Department, the Contractor may request the United States to enter such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. C. "Section 3" Compliance in the Provision of Training Employment and Business Opoortunities: (Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000) During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (1 USC 170(u)), as amended, the HUD regulations issued pursuant thereto at 24 CFR Part 135, and any applicable rules and orders of HUD issued thereunder. (2) The "Section 3" set forth in 24 CFR 135.20(b) shall form part of this Contract, as set forth in Paragraph 1 of the General Conditions, "Contract and Contract Documents." (3) Contractors shall incorporate the "Section 3 clause" shown below and the foregoing requirements in all subcontracts. Section 3 Clause as set forth in 24 CFR 135.20(b) A. The work to be performed under this Contract is on a project assisted under a program providing direct Federal financial assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701 u. Section 3 requires that to the greatest extent feasible opportunities for training and employment be given lower income residents of the project area, and contracts for work in connection with the project be awarded to business concerns which are located in, or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of the project. spa 6 B. The parties to this Contract will comply with the provisions of said Section 3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and set forth in 24 CFR 135.20(b), and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder, prior to the execution of this Contract. The parties to this Contract certify and agree that they are under no contractual or other disability which would prevent them from complying with these requirements. C. The Contractor will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contractor understanding, if any, a notice advising the said labor organization or workers' representative of his commitments under this Section 3 clause, and shall posts copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and PI" applicants for employment or training. D. The Contractor will include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract for work in connection with the project and will, at the direction of the applicant for or recipient of Federal financial assistance, take appropriate action pursuant to a subcontract upon a finding that a Subcontractor is in violation of regulations issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, 24 CFR 135.20 (b). The Contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the Contractor has notice or knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of regulations under 24 CFR 135.20 (b), and will not let any subcontract unless the subcontractor has first provided said Contractor with a preliminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of these regulations. E. Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24 CFR 135.20 (b), and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of the Contract, shall be a condition of the Federal financial assistance provided tot he project, binding upon the applicant or recipient for such assistance, its successors and assigns. Failure to fulfill theses requirements shall subject the applicant or recipient, its contractors and subcontractors, its successors and assigns to those sanctions specified by the grant or loan agreement or contract through which Federal assistance is provided, and to such sanctions as are specified by 24 CFR 135.20(b). 20. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AIR AND WATER ACTS (Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $100,000) Compliance with Air and Water Acts During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with the requirements of the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 USC 1857 et seq., and the Federal water Pollution Control Act. as amended, 33 USC 1251 et seq., and the regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency with respect thereto, at 40 CFR Part 15, as amended. In addition to the foregoing requirements, all non-exempt contractors and subcontractors shall furnish to the Owner the following: (1) A stipulation by the Contractor or subcontractors that any facility to be utilized in the performance of any nonexempt contract or subcontract is not listed on the List of Violating Facilities issued by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20. (2) An agreement by the Contractor to comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, (42 USC 1857c-8) and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, (33 USC 1318) relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports and information, as well as all other requirements specified in said Section 114 and Section 308, and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder. (3) A stipulation that as a condition for the award of the Contract, prompt notice will be given of any notification received from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility utilized, or to be utilized for the contracts, is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. V" s (4) An agreement by the Contractor that he will include, or cause to be included, the criteria and requirements in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this Section in every nonexempt subcontract and requiring that the Contractor will take such action as the Government may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. SPECIAL CONDITIONS PERTAINING TO HAZARDS SAFETY STANDARDS AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION A. Lead -Based Pain Hazards (Applicable to contracts and related subcontracts for construction or rehabilitation of residential structures exceeding $100,000) The construction or rehabilitation of residential structures is subject to the HUD Lead -Based Paint regulations, 24 CFR Part 35. The Contractor and subcontractors shall comply with the provisions for the elimination of lead-based paint hazards under sub -part B of said regulations. The Owner will be responsible for the inspections and certifications required under Section 35.14(f) thereof. . B. Use of Explosives The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall observe all local, state and Federal laws in purchasing and handling explosives. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect completed work, neighboring property, water lines or other underground structures. Where there is danger to structures or property from blasting, the charges shall be reduced and the material shall be covered with suitable timber, steel or rope mats. r- The Contractor shall notify all owners of public utility. property of his intention to use explosives at least eight hours before blasting is done close to such property. Any supervision or direction of use of explosives by the Engineer does not in any way reduce the responsibility of the Contractor or his Surety for damages that may be caused by such use. C. Danger Signals and Safety Devices The Contractor shall make all necessary precautions to guard against damages to property and injury to persons. He shall put up and maintain in good condition sufficient red or warning lights at night, suitable barricades and other devices necessary to protect the public. In case the Contractor fails or neglects to take such precautions, the Owner may have such lights and barricades installed and charge the cost of this work to the Contractor. Such action by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of any liability incurred under these specifications or Contract. ». NONDISCRIMINATION AGAINST THE HANDICAPPED - SECTION 504 The Contractor shall not discriminate against any otherwise qualified handicapped employee or applicant for employment solely by reason of his handicap. The Contractor shall comply with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (P.L. 93-112) as amended (129 U.S.C.A. section 794). M EXHIBITS A. COPELAND ANTI -KICKBACK REGULATIONS ATTACHMENT TO FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS SO-CALLED "ANTI -KICKBACK ACT' AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED PURSUANT THERETO BY THE SECRETARY OF LABOR, UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR TITLE 18, U.S.C., SECTION 874 (Replaces Section 1 of the Act of June 13, 1934 (48 Stat. 948, 40 U.S.C., Sec. 276b) pursuant to the Act of June 25, 1948, 62 Stat. 862) KICKBACKS FROM PUBLIC WORKS EMPLOYEES Whoever, by force, intimidation, or threat of procuring dismissal from employment, or by any other manner whatsoever induces any person employed in the construction, prosecution, completion or repair of any public building, public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States to give up any part of the compensation to which he is entitled under his contract of employment, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than five years, or both. SECTION 2 OF THE ACT OF JUNE 13, 1934, AS AMENDED (48 Stat. 948, 62 Stat. 862, 63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967, 40 U.S.C., Sec. 276c) The Secretary of Labor shall make reasonable regulations for contractors and subcontractors engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion or repair of public buildings, public works or buildings or work finance din whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States, including a provision that each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish weekly a statement with respect to the wages paid each employee during the preceding week. Section 1001 of Title 18 (United State Code) shall apply to such statements. ---XXX--- Pursuant to the aforesaid Anti -Kickback Act, the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, has promulgated the regulations hereinafter set forth, which regulations are found in Title 29, Subtitle A, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 3. The term "this part," as used in the regulations hereinafter set forth, refers to Part 3 last above mentioned. Said regulations are as follows: TITLE 29 - LABOR Subtitle A - Office of the Secretary of Labor PART 3 - CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS ON PUBLIC BUILDING OR PUBLIC WORK FINANCED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY LOANS OR GRANTS FROM THE UNITED STATES Section 3.1 Purpose and scope. This part prescribes "anti -kickback' regulations under Section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1934, as amended (40 U.S.C. 276c), popularly known as the Copeland Act. This part applies to any contract which is subject to Federal wage standardsand which is for the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of public buildings, public works or buildings or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States. The part is intended to aid in the enforcement of the minimum wage provisions of the Davis - Bacon Act and the various statutes dealing with Federally -assisted construction that contain similar minimum wage provisions, including those provisions which are not subject to Reorganization plan No. 14 (e.g., the College Housing Act of 1950, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Housing Act of 1959), and in the enforcement of the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours Standards Act whenever they are applicable to construction work. The part details the weekly submission of statements regarding the wages paid on work covered thereby; sets forth the circumstances and procedures governing the making of payroll deductions from the wages of those employed on such work; and delineates the methods of payment permissible on such work. Section 3.2 Definitions. As used in the regulation in this part: (a) The terms "building" or "work" generally includes construction activity as distinguished from manufacturing, furnishing of materials, or servicing and maintenance work. The terms include, without limitation, buildings, structures, and improvements of all types, such as bridges, dams, plants, highways, parkways, streets, subways, tunnels, sewers, mains, power lines, pumping stations, railways, airports, terminals, docks, piers, wharves, ways, lighthouses, buoys, jetties, breakwaters, levees, and canals; dredging, shoring, scaffolding, drilling, blasting, excavating, clearing, and landscaping. Unless conducted in connection with and at the site of such a building or work as is described in the foregoing sentence, the manufacture or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment (whether or not a Federal or State agency acquires title to such materials, articles, supplies, or equipment during the course of the manufacture or furnishing, or owns the materials from which they are manufactured or furnished) is not a "building" or "work" within the meaning of the regulations in this part. (b) The terms "conditions", "prosecution", "completion", or "repair' mean all types of work done on a particular building or work at the site thereof, including, without limitation, altering, remodeling, painting and decorating, the transporting of materials and supplies to or from the building or work by the employees of the construction contractor or construction subcontractor, and the manufacturing or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment on the site of the building or work, by persons employed at the site by the contractor or subcontractor. (c) The terms "public building" or "public work" include building or work for whose construction, prosecution, completion, or repair,. as defined above, a Federal agency is a contracting party; regardless of whether title thereof is in a federal agency. (d) The term "building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States" includes building or work for whose construction, prosecution, completion, or repair, as defined above, payment or part payment is made directly or indirectly from funds provided by loans or grants by a Federal agency. The term does not include building or work for which Federal assistance is limited solely to loan guarantees or insurance. (e) Every person paid by a contractor or subcontractor in any manner for his labor in the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of a public building or public work or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States is "employed" or receiving "wages", regardless of any contractual relationship alleged to exist between him and the real employer. (f) The term "any affiliated person" includes a spouse, child, parent, or other close relative of the r,,, contractor or subcontractor, a partner or officer of the contractor or subcontractor, a corporation closely connected with the contractor or subcontractor as parent, subsidiary or otherwise, and an officer or agent of such corporation. (g) The term "Federal agency" means the United States, the District of Columbia, and all executive departments, independent establishments, administrative agencies, and instrumentality's of the United States and of the District of Columbia, including corporations, all or substantially all of the stock of which is beneficially owned by the United States, by the District of Columbia, or any of the foregoing departments, establishments, agencies, and instrumentality's. Section 3.3 Weekly statement with respect to payment of wages. (a) As used in this section, the term "employee" shall not apply to persons in classifications higher than that of laborer or mechanic and those who are the immediate supervisors of such employees. (b) Each contractor or subcontractor engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public building or public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants form the United States, shall furnish_ each week a statement with respect to the wages paid each of its employees engaged on work covered by 29 CFR Parts 3 and 5 -during the preceding weekly payroll period. This statement shall be executed by the contractor or subcontractor or by an authorized officer or employee of the contractor or subcontractor who supervises the payment of wages, and shall be on form 0 r r k b WH 348 "Statement of Compliance", or on an identical form on the back of WH 347, "Payroll (For Contractors Optional Use)" or on any form with identical wording. Sample copies of WH 347 and WH 347 and WH 348 may be obtained from the Government contracting or sponsoring agency, and copies of these forms may be purchased at the Government Printing Office. (c) The requirements of this section shall not apply to any contract of $2,000 or less. (d) Upon a written finding by the head of a Federal agency, the Secretary of Labor may provide reasonable limitations, variations, tolerances, and exemptions from the requirements of this section subject to such conditions as the Secretary of Labor may specify. (29 F.R. 95, Jan. 4, 1964, as amended at 33 F.R. 10186, July 17, 1968) Section 3.4 Submission of weekly statements and the preservation and inspection of weekly payroll records. r- (a) Each weekly statement required under Section 3.3 shall be delivered by the contractor or subcontractor, within seven days after the regular payment date of the payroll period, to a representative of a Federal or State agency in charge at site of the building or work, or, if there is nor representative of a Federal or State agency at the site of the building or work, the statement shall be mailed by the contractor or subcontractor, within such time, to a Federal or state agency contracting for or financing the building or work. After such examination and check as may be made, such statement, or a copy thereof, shall be kept available, or shall be transmitted together with a report of any violation, in accordance with applicable procedures prescribed by the United States Department of Labor. (b) Each contractor or subcontractor shall preserve his weekly payroll records for a period of three years from date of completion of the contract. The payroll records shall set out accurately and completely the name and address of each laborer and mechanic, his correct classification, rate of pay, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Such payroll records shall be made available at all times for inspection by the contracting officer or his authorized representatives of the Department of Labor. Section 3.5 Payroll deductions permissible without application to or approval of the Secretary of Labor. Deductions made under the circumstances or in the situations described in the paragraphs of this section may be made without application to and approval of the Secretary of Labor: (a) Any deduction made in compliance with the requirements of Federal, State, or local law, such as Federal or State withholding income taxes and Federal social security taxes. (b) Any deduction of sums previously paid to the employee as a bona fide prepayment of wages when such prepayment is made without discount or interest. A "bona fide prepayment of wages" is considered to have been made only when cash or its equivalent has been advanced to the person employed in such manner as to give him complete freedom of disposition of the advanced funds. (c) Any deduction of amounts required by court process to be paid to another, unless the deduction is in favor of the contractor, subcontractor or any affiliated person, or when collusion or collaboration exists. r�* (d) Any deductions constituting a contribution on behalf of the person employed to funds established by the employer or representatives of employees, or both, for the purpose of providing either form principal or income, or both, medical or hospital care, pensions or annuities on retirement, death benefits, compensation for injuries, illness, accidents, sickness, or disability, or for insurance to provide any of the foregoing, or unemployment benefits, vacation pay, savings accounts, or similar payments for the benefit of employees, their families and dependents: Provided, however, that the following standards are met: (1) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law; (2) it is either: (1) Voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be done and such consent is not a condition either for the obtaining of or for the continuation of employment, or (ii) provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees; (3) no profit or other benefit is otherwise obtained, directly or indirectly, by the contractor or subcontractor or any affiliated person in the form of commission, dividend, or otherwise; and (4) the deductions shall serve the convenience and interest of the employee. *� (e). Any deduction contributing toward the purchase of United States Defense Stamps and Bonds when voluntarily authorized by the employee. (f) Any deduction, requested by the employee to enable him to repay loans to or to purchase shares in OWN credit unions organized and operated in accordance with Federal and State credit union statutes. (g) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to governmental P" or quasigovern mental agencies, such as the American Red Cross. (h) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to community Chests, United Givers Funds, and similar charitable organizations. (i) Any deduction to pay regular union initiation fees and membership dues, not including fines or special assessments: Provided, however, that a collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees provides for such deductions and the.deductions are not otherwise prohibited by law. (j) Any deduction not more than for the "reasonable cost" of board, lodging, or other facilities meeting the requirements of section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and Part 531 of this title. When such a deduction is made the additional records required under Section 516.27(x) of this title shall be kept. Section 3.6 Payroll deductions permissible with the approval of the Secretary of Labor. Any contractor or subcontractor may apply to the Secretary of Labor for permission to make any deduction not permitted under Section 3.5. The Secretary may grant permission whenever he finds that: (a) The contractor, subcontractor, or any affiliated person does not make a profit or benefit directly or indirectly form the deduction either in the form of a commission, dividend, or otherwise' (b) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law; �- (c) The deduction is either (1) voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be done and such consent is not a condition either for the obtaining of employment or its continuance, or (2) provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees; and (d) The deduction serves the convenience and interest of the employee. Section 3.7 Applications for the approval of the Secretary of Labor. Any application or the making of payroll deductions under Section 3.6 shall comply with the requirements prescribed in the following paragraphs of this section: (a) The application shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the Secretary of Labor. (b) The application shall identify the contract or contracts under which the work in question is to be performed. Permission will be given for deductions only on specific, identified contracts, except upon a showing of exceptional circumstances. (c) The application shall state affirmatively that there is compliance with the standards set forth in the provisions of Section 3.6. The affirmation shall be accompanied by a full statement of the facts indicating such compliance. (d) The application shall include a description of the proposed deduction, the purpose to be served thereby, and the classes of laborers or mechanics form whose wages the proposed deduction would be made. s 0 (e), The application shall state the name and business of, any third person to whom any funds obtained from the proposed deductions are to be transmitted and the affiliation of such person, if any, with the applicant. Section 3.8 Action by the Secretary of Labor upon applications. The Secretary of Labor shall decide whether or not the requested deduction is permissible under provisions of Section 3.6; and shall notify the applicant in writing of his decision. Section 3.9 Prohibited payroll deductions. ^" Deductions not elsewhere for by this part and which are not found to be permissible under Section 3.6 are prohibited. Section 3.10 Methods of payment of wages. The payment of wages shall be by cash, negotiable instruments payable on demand, or the additional forms of compensation for which deductions are permissible under this part. Not other methods of ^' payment shall be recognized on work subject to the Copeland Act. Section 3.11 Regulations part of contract All contracts made with respect to the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public building or public work or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States covered by the regulations in this part shall expressly bind the contractor or subcontractor to comply with such of the regulations in this part as may be applicable. In this regard, see Section 5.5 (a) of this subtitle. 5 CITY OF LUBBOCK INVITATION TO BID FOR TITLE: MAE SIMMONS OUTREACH CENTER RENOVATIONS ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS ITB NUMBER: 182-01/RS PROJECT NUMBER: 80007.8815.07225 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT INDEX 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .o 3. BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS 4. PAYMENT BOND 5. PERFORMANCE BOND 6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 7. CONTRACT "" 8. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 9. CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS 10. SPECIFICATIONS No Text i NOTICE TO BIDDERS ITB #182-01/RS Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 3:00 O'clock p.m. on the 19th day of July. 2001,.or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project with a budget amount of $70,000.00: "MAE SIMMONS OUTREACH CENTER RENOVATIONS" After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in r" the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. Bids are due at 3:00 o'clock p.m.. on the 19th day of July, 2001, and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider the bids on the 9th day of August 2001..at the Municipal Building, 162513th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as rw soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Ratina of B or su erior. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him. PM It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a non -mandatory pre-bid conference on 11th day of July, 2001 at 11:00 o'clock a.m., in the Purchasing Conference Room L04, Lubbock, Texas. Bidders may view the plans and specifications without charge at Lubbock City Hall, 1625 13`h Street, Lubbock, Texas, Purchasing Department, Room L-04. Plans and specifications may be obtained by the bidder for a $100.00 refundable deposit per set. Plans and specifications may be obtained from Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc., 612 Broadway, Lubbock, Texas 79401, Phone: (806) 749-1153. Plans and specifications will be shipped at the bidder's expense. If bidder requires overnight or second day expedited method parcel shipment, the bidder will incur shipping charges and must furnish the name of the service to be used and the bidder's account number. Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806) 775-2281 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBBOCK V6 . VICTOR KILMAN PURCHASING MANAGER No Text GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID DELIVERY. TIME & DATE 1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish MAE SIMMONS OUTREACH CENTER RENOVATIONS per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will be received no later than 3:00 p.m. CST, the 19th day of July, 2001 at the office listed below. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left-hand corner: "ITB #182-01/RS, MAE SIMMONS OUTREACH CENTER RENOVATIONS" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to: Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager City of Lubbock 1625 13th Street, Room L-04 Lubbock, Texas 79401 1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing Department. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. 1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic service. No bids will transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS. PM 1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an addendum. 2 PRE-BID MEETING 2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory pre-bid meeting will be held at 11:00 a.m., July 11th 2001 in Purchasing Conference Room L04 Lubbock. Texas. All be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they persons attending the meeting will represent. 2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre-bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre-bid meeting to bidders who do not attend the pre-bid meeting. 3 ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS ` 3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by written bid addenda. �., 3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing Department. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing Department deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing Department. Such addendum issued by the Purchasing Department will be sent to all bidders receiving the original Invitation to Bid (ITB) and will become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original bid. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department no later than five (5) days before the bid closing date. 3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information .,, shall not supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department in writing or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with of the City and any information that may have been read in any individuals, employees, or representatives any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders. 7 LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may be required to pay. 8 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 8.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with "^ any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock. i 8.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of !' special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 2 4 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS .. 4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications. 4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations !* that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations 'shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid. 4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Purchasing Manager and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify. Purchasing Manager before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 5 BID PREPARATION COSTS 5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid. 5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bidshall be paid by the bidder. 6 TRADE SECRETS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT 6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. mom+ 6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such f" information will be made available to the requester. 6.3 Marking your entire bid CON FIDENTIAUPROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open Records Act. 7 LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may be required to pay. 8 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 8.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with "^ any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock. i 8.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of !' special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 2 9 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS r� 9.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 9.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 10 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice " to Bidders. 11 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS 11.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing Manager if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 11.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION TO BID (ITB) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO: RON SHUFFIELD, SENIOR BUYER City of Lubbock 162513 th Street Lubbock, Texas 79401 Fax: (806) 775-2164 Email: rshuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us 12 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 12.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within SIXTY (60) CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of ^� Lubbock to the successful bidder. 12.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. 13 PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the ^^ contract documents. 14 AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. 15 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve 3 r the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. 16 GUARANTEES 16.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 16.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 16.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub- contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 16.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. 17 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 18 PROTECTION OF THE WORK ., The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. 19 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 19.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 19.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. _., 4 110 PM 20 21 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES „ The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. r" 22 EXPLOSIVES 22.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. 22.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. 22.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 23 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 24 INSURANCE 24.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. 24.2 The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to provide 5 i to the owner all proof of coverage insurance documents including workers compensation coverage for each subcontractor. 25 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 25.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil PIN Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or ?^° holidays unless the following conditions exist: 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 25.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. 25.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 26 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, �^ not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which .r" schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 27 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES "^ Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. "^ 28 PREPARATION FOR BID 28.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. 6 6W 9 29 30 r 28.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink. 28.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: 28.3.1 Bidder's name 28.3.2 Bid for (description of the project). 28.4 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 28.5 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bond (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates. (j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. (QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. (d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. 7 31 BID AWARD v* 31.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the Total Bid Amount, 31.2 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may result in disqualification of the bid. ®„ 31.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to determine possible Anti -Trust violations. 31.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state. 31.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable. 31.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID. 8 I r-� BID SUBMITTAL LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT 7 DATE— PROJECT ATE-PROJECT NUMBER: #182-011RS - MAE SIMMONS OUTREACH CENTER RENOVATIONS Bid ofu Ev.�l ; C��T� c r 7 I �� (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council .City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: M, The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of a MAE SIMMONS OUTREACH CENTER RENOVATIONS having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents. S y MATERIALS: - 1�--(s S? W 7. SY SERVICES: a �� E ''t rw{$ �i�z S ) TOTAL BID or 5 1,9`S� 1 (Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 60 (SIXTY) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $0 (ZERO) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. MW bidding. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the Plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or ,certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable Nithout recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the .)id submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him. Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ )_or a Bid Bond in the sum of Dollars ", $ ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the avent the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, Insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within fifteen (15) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the 'undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract ;,documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. "(Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: rW d- a riG Sec ry Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date MfWBE Firm: P" Date: 11 -9 Lfl t 4-. Aut ri dd Signature L e.t.d (Printed or Typed Name) Comny m/C(Q �3 Add �ess citv���s 119 � �Y State Zi Code Telephone: SU 6 zaa<zlrp Fax: EZ 6--p-Q Minority Owned Yes No 1. Baker Electric 794-4683 ❑ ❑ J 2. Als+z ca-rdouam Plnmhing _ 777—sl2s 1 ❑ 3. Yatac Carp sat _ 795—Q,Q70 ❑ ❑ 4. Henley Interiors - 866-9094 ❑ ❑ - 5. Kevin Demotte - 773-8358 ❑ ❑ 6. A.G. McKinney - 747-8400 ❑. ❑ 7. Hallgren Company - 798-7200 ❑ ❑ 8. ❑ Q ❑ Q 10. ❑ ❑ 1, t L 3 o., CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT To Be Completed by Bidder And Attached to Bid Submittal the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of a. Lubbock, I will be able to, within fifteen (15) days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, 'umish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal. Co a or (Signature) CONTRACTOR'S FIRM NAME: Cu.r—J4s Contractor (Print) or Type ) ,CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: r) Lt'3 1 -2 3 r4 �+ C. Name of Agent/Broker: Address of Agent/Broker: .,o . �.>%� - �a3 3 r) 41"%ypF '-' City/State0p: b 'A4—Sbc -t)C- Agent/Broker Telephone Number: ( (o ) — 9 68 1z k W4 t (T7 Date: � �L9,1o� NOTE TO CONTRACTOR �-3 If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, m Please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2165. .., BID #182-01/RS - MAE SIMMONS OUTREACH CENTER RENOVATIONS 4 l THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. 7406 83'dStreet - Lubbock TX 79424 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) a corporation 2100 Fleur Dr. - Des Moines, IA 50321-1158 ion duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Ci of tY Lubbock 162513 1h Street Lubbock, TX as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of FIVE PERCENT OF THE GREATEST AMOUNT BID for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal a nd the our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and .assigns, jointly and severPasaid Suretybind ourselves, llyafs ($ 5 % G.A.B. ) WHEREAS, The Principal has submitted a bid for Y by, these presents. Mae Simmons Outreach Center NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for th romp with the of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principalor Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall y be specified in the bidding h to hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the e Prompt payment pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty such with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in Signed and sealed this 19th (Witness) day of July 2001 ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. ------------ (Pritrcipa/) (Seal) (Title) ,10 MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) 16 (Witness) (Sorel)) r (Seal) Don E. Smith (Title) Attorney -In -Fact AIA DOCUMENT A310. BID BOND .AIA ©.FEBRUARY 1970 ED .THE AAQERICANNSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.N;., r.NASH D.C. 20006 INGTON, 1 i Merchants Bonding Company (MUTUAL) POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and having its principal office in the City of Des Moines, County of Polk, State of Iowa, hath made, constituted t••+ and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Don E. Smith of Farmers Branch and State of Texas its true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in its behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of: TWO MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND ($2,500,000.00) Dollars and to bind the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), and all such acts of said Attorney -in -Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power-oi-Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Amended Substituted and Restated By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) on October 3, 1992. ARTICLE It, SECTION a.—The Chairman of the Board or President or any Vice President or Secretary shall have power and author- ity to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. ARTICLE 11, SECTION 9. — The signature of any authorized officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed. In Witness Whereof, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) has caused these presents to be signed by its President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, this 1st day of January • 2001 •' • •' • MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) �r, ,�a�o�ppR •-A9y,. By 1933 : c. •�.7G. •' \1 Presidem •• STATE OF IOWA • ...... COUNTY OF POLK ss r®s On this 1St day of January 2001 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me by duly did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), the personally known, who being me sworn corporation described in the foregoing instrument, and that the Seal affixed to the said instrument is the Corporate Seal of the said Corporation and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its Board of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines, Iowa, the day and year first above written. • h z •. Notary Public, Polk Count„ lowra IOWA Q A I AL S STATE OF IOWA n•, COUNTY OF POLK ss ... I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), do hereby certify that the above and foregoing by said MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), which is still is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY, executed in force and effect. In Witness Whereof, i have hereunto set my hand and affixed Inc Seat o1 the Company on this 19th day of July 2001. , a0�• • •• U (3 � p � Seeretap- • �: •x,01` '19j,•?� •M r� z•. 1ASC0814c2/9e:, ' 6. 1933 c: THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. 7406 83rd Street - Lubbock TX 79424 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) 2100 Fleur Dr. - Des Moines, IA 50321-1158 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Lubbock 162513"' Street Lubbock, TX as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of FIVE PERCENT OF THE GREATEST AMOUNT BID for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and th�eosiaid S�urety�/bi d ouBrselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, The Principal has submitted a bid for Mae Simmons Outreach Center NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the .Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall payhereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger atmount for whichthObligeehthe not may fference t n good penalty he contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 19th m fitness) day of July , 2001 ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. (Prf1-P-al) (Seal) (Title) MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) (Sureo) (Sea]) avitness) Don E. Smith (Title) Attorney -In -Fact AIA DOCUMENT A310. BID BOND. AIA U FEBRUARY 1970 ED. THE AMERICANNSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N. Jr., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 1 Merchants Bonding Company (1\4UTUAL) POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that the MERCHANTS BONDING C01,ANVI ' (MUTUAL), a corporation duly organized under the taws of the Slate o1 Iowa, and having its principal office in the City o1 Des Moines, County of Polk, State o1 Iowa, hath, made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Don E. Smith of Farmers Branch . and State of Texas its true and lav,dul Attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in its behail as surely any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to thc- limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of: TWO MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND ($2,500,000.00) Dollars t and to bind the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), and all such acts of said Attorney -in -Fact,, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power-oi-Atiorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Amended Substituted and Restated By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) on October 3, 1992. Pft ARTICLE 11, SECTION 8. —The Chairman of the Board or President or anyVice President or Secretary shall have power and author- ity to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Sea! of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. ARTICLE 11, SECTION 9. — The signature of any authorized officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed. In Witness Whereof, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) has caused these presents to be signed by its President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, this 1st day of January -2001 •' ANG co :�mooRP�R9A9y; .y 1933 : c: STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) By /It'T7 ;�� Presitlem On this 1st day of January 2001 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), the corporation described in the foregoing instrument, and that the Seal affixed to the said instrument is the Corporate Seal of the said Corporation and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its Board of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City o1 Des Moines, Iowa, the day, and year first above written. K •M o �' •••' / 1 cC/ STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. J Lt Z IOWA y' gyp'....-• CJ �AIAL Notary Public, Polk County, Iowa 1, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), do hereby cer9y that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY, executed by said MERCHANTS BONDING COMPAN'i' (MUTUAL), which is still in force and effect. w•w in Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the Seal of the Company on this 19th day o1 July 2001. . • `• • • • . • �: •vOP 9q�;9y MSC Oeta (2/9e) • �•. 1 SJ3 C, • .-may. Seae:ay 5@ City of Lubbock PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING 162513 TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 PH: (806)775-2167 FAX:(806)775-2164 http://purchasing.ci.lubbock.tx.us RECEIVED JUN 13 2000 MAILED TO VENDOR: CLOSE DATE: iTB #182-01/RS, Addendum #1 ADDENDUM #1 ITB #182-01 /RS Mae Simmons Outreach Center Renovations July 12, 2001 July 19, 2001 @ 3:00 P. M. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). +^•^ Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. A,„ 1. Please find enclosed the Davis -Bacon Wage Rate Determinations, HUD Certifications, and Special Conditions of the Agreement. The HUD Certifications must be returned with your bid submittal. 2. On the drawings, Sheet E1, in Keyed Note 3, change "5000 MCM" to "500 MCM". 3. On the drawings, Sheet E1, change the home run panel designation for HP -1 from "A-9" to "A-10". 4. On the drawings, Sheet E1, change home run designation "A-12" to "A-13". 5. On the drawings, Sheet E1, add the following: "Remove the existing weather head serving the existing MDP and install a new weather head to serve new Panel A. Provide new grounding for .. Panel A in accordance with the NEC'. 6. Door Schedule, Sheet A5, doors number 6 and 7 to be changed from "34x80" to "36x80". 7. Cabinet Section, Sheet A5, change counter height from 36" to be 34" above the floor. 8. Enlarged Toilets, Sheet A5, toilet partitions are to be constructed of baked enamel steel, full flush supports, equal to American Sanitary Partition Corporation, Type BE -FF, and have 36 inch wide doors with wall bumpers. 9. On the drawings, Sheet M2, move the exhaust fan control switch to the east face of the stove alcove, !^* comply with the reach limitations of the Texas Accessibility Standards. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to or Email to: 182-01 /RSadd 1 (806)775-2164 RShuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us THANK YOU, CITY OF LUBBOCK Ron Shuffield Senior Buyer PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID. No Text SIS Documem Retrieval PM Imp: irneptune.fedworld.go%,icgi-bin... 67807222S-i-(�-Ok aisaction=retries GENERAL DECISION TX010015 06/01/01 TX15 General Decision Number TX010015 Superseded General Decision No. TX000015 State: TEXAS Construction Type: BUILDING County(ies) : LUBBOCK BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories). (Use current heavy & highway general wage determination for Paving & Utilities Incidental to es•a Building Construction). Modification Number Publication Date 0 03/02/2001 1 04/13/2001 2 06/01/2001 COUNTY(ies): LUBBOCK CARP1884A 07/01/1993 Rates Fringes CARPENTERS 12.50 2.73 MILLWRIGHTS 13.00 2.73 ELEC0850A 05/29/1997 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIANS ---------------------------------------------------------------- 15.25 3.20+3.750 * PLUM0629A 06/01/2001 Rates Fringes PLUMBERS ---------------------------------------------------------------- 17.60 4.35 SFTX0669A 04/01/2001 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTERS ---------------------------------------------------------------- 22.62 7.35 SUTX2048A 03/16/1992 Rates Fringes ACOUSTICAL CEILING AND DRYWALL MECHANICS 10.00 .25 BRICKLAYERS 11.74 GLAZIERS 9.50 LABORERS 5.95 LATHERS 11.17 MASON TENDERS 6.25 PAINTERS 10.50 PLASTERERS 11.17 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: Backhoe 10.50 •42 e.. IS Document Retrieval http::neptunc.fedworld.,,owc;;n= i-,i-O&,%waisaction=rctrievc PM ROOFERS 9.71 SHEET METAL WORKERS (Including duct work) 8.80 .69 __ _ ------------------------ WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for the craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ------------ - -- Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (v) ) . ------------------------------ �,�„ In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS i.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling ..� On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator Pm (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 �... The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the IS Document Retrieval ItttpaineptuIle. fed world >ov"c i bin...G7S07??2S_ interested party,s �+ aisact ion=red data, project description, and b requestor p acticenformation ("wage pa considers area relevant material Yment to the issue. etc.) that the 3.) If the decision of interested the Administrator , ,., party may appeal directlynot to the Administrative an th Board (formerlyAdministratie Wage e Review g Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 4•) All decisions by the Administratrd ive Review Boaare END OF GENERAL DECISION °"''final . G HUD CERTIFICATIONS SECTION 3 / STATEMENT OF WORK FORCE NEEDS r� CERTIFICATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 109 OF PUB. L. 100-202 REGARDING RESTRICTIONS ON THE AWARD OF CERTAIN CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES (a) Definitons. The definitions pertaining to this provision are those that are set forth in the clause entitled "Restrictions on Public Works Project." (b) Certification. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this provision, by submission of its bid or proposal, the bidder, certifies that it - (1) . Is not a Contractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms M published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) (see paragraph (h) of this provision); (2) Has not or will not enter into any subcontract with a subcontractor of a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR; and (3) Will not provide and product of a country included on the list of foreign countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR. (c) Inability to certify. A bidder unable to certify in accordance with paragraph (b) of this provision shall submit with its offer a written explanation fully describing the reasons for its inability to make the certification. (d) Applicability of 18 U.S.C. 1001. The certification in paragraph (b) of this provision concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States, and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, U.S.C. 1001. (el Notice. The bidder shall provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time before the contract award, the bidder learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of ,R changed circumstances. = (f) Restrictions on contract award. Unless a waiver to these restrictions is granted by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, no contract will be awarded to a bidder (1) who is owned or controlled by a citizen or national of a foreign country included on the list of foreign countries that discriminate against U.S. firms published by the USTR, (2) whose subcontractors are owned or controlled by citizens or nationals of a foreign country on the USTR list, or (3) who incorporates any product of a foreign country on the USTR list in the public works project. (g) Recordkeeping. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by paragraph (b) of this provision. The knowledge and information of a bidder is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. (h) USTR list. The USTR published an initial list in the Federal Register on December 30, 1987 (53 FR49244), which identified one country - Japan. The USTR can add countries to the list, and remove countries from it, in accordance with section 109(c) of Pub. L. 100-202. Contractor By: (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: ""' Secretary WW TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK P.O. BOX 2000 LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79457 CONTACTOR INFORMATION DATE: PROJECT NUMBER CDWO: PROJECT NAME: 1. The undersigned, having submitted a bid to the City of Lubbock for the construction of the above identified project, certifies that: n�» (a) The legal name and business address (including zip code) of the undersigned is: 2. The undersigned is: (a) A single proprietorship (list sole owner). (b) A partnership (list all partners). (c) A corporation (names of all principals and their titles). President: Vice -President: Secretary/Treasurer: 3 The Taxpayer Identification Number for the undersigned is (whichever is applicable): (a) Employer Identification Number (Federal Identification Number): (b) Social Security Number: 4. If awarded this bid for the aforementioned project, the undersigned agrees to forward to the City of Lubbock within ten days after the execution of any subcontractor(s) al list of all subcontractor(s) who will be employed on said project. This list will consist of the subcontractor's legal name and business address. Contractor (Printed or Typed Name) Company Address City County State Zip Code Telephone: ( ) Fax Number: ( ) Date: 2001 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT POW 2 PAYROLLS AND BASIC: YHY R��` ' "-"' and each subcontractor shall prepare their payrolls on forms satisfactory to and in accordance The Contractor a with The Contractor shall submit weekly tot e instructions to be furnished by the Local Public Agency or Public Body. yes of all payrolls of the Contractor and of the, lS subcontractors, allntractors, Local Public Agency or Public Body two certified cop' being understood that the Contractor shall be responsible for the submission of copies e pay in it b 9 h payroll shall contain the "Weekly Statement l eco ds oftheConteractorhand each Section 3.3 of subcontractors. Each suc p ulations. The payrolls and basic pay Title 29, Code of Federal Reg upon the work covered by this Contract shall be lls reserved for a period of three (3) years thereafter. Such pay subcontractor covering all laborers and mechanics employedy rs his correct classification, maintained during the co of the work and p of the and basic payroll records shall contain the name and address of ethe types described in ach such employee, es aid. o din rates of contributions or costs anticipated d ductions made and actual wage 1paid. in rat rate Of pay (including 1 iv of Title 29, Code of Fe Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekloy number rehas found under Section 5.5(a)( )( ) addition, whenever the Secretary 1 b 2 B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor e wages of any laborer or mechanic incl tdoe the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in Regulations, that th g plan or program described in Sec () provide such benefits is enfor providing benefits under a p ro ram has been communicated in writing or subcontractor shall maintain record ably responsible ands which show athat the plan oor program g that the plan s program is e their employment records with p the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. The Contractor and each subcontractors enc or sons employed by them upon the work covered Urban Development the bLocal Puble for ectA9 by respect to per of Housing authorized representatives of the Secretary d States Department of Labor. Such representatives shalt be permitted to interview and the Unite Public Body employees of the Contractor or of any subcontractor during working hours on the job. MINIMUM WAGES (See Exhibit B: In excess of $2,000) upon the work covered by this Contract shall be paid unconditionally and account (except such All laborers and mechanics employeda roll deductions as are permitted by the not less often than once each week, mandatory by law and such other eduction or rebate on an pursuant to the Anti - payroll deductions as are made the Secretary of Labor, United States Del computed at wt of oage rates not less than applicable regulations issued by the full amount due at time of payment comp of which is included in Kickback Act hereinafter identified), be alleged to exist between the Contractor or any those contained in the wage determ relationship whichd maySecretary 9 Labor a copy on such work shall be Exhibit B) regardless of any co to ed up be b check if the employer provides or secures satisfactory facilities to subcontractor and such laborers and mechanics. All laborers and mechanics employed paid in cash, except that payment may Y , for the cashing of the same without cost or exp approved by the Local Public Agency or Public Body mechanics are considered wages paid to such Ials°orfor the For the purpose of this clause, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated under Section employee. Regulations 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or ,v of Title 29, Code of Federal Reg la io under plans, mechanics, subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(a)( )( ) particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred of this clause, regular cohe made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period purpose the part funds or programs, but covering during such weekly period. \A,o<:F DFDUCTIONS POSTING WAGE DEJ tKivIIINtA "` applicable rti+ applicable wag p of Labor with respect to the various classification of laborers and The app e Oster of the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, and the wage determination decisions of said Secretaryd and to be employ on the work covered by this Contract, and a statement showing a ll mechanics employedwith provisions of this Contract, to be made from oagate conslpicuous point: deductions, if and 'ed or accordance employ the p ed in such classifications, shall be posted at app op hate so employed at the site of the work. __rte ncnQP-_Ain WAGE DETERMINATION 4. EMPLOYMENT OF LABORERS OR DECI_ SIONS determination by the Loci laborers or mechanics which is not listed iconformably totion decisionsthe wage detdel and which iso e Any class of employed under the Contract will be classified or reclassified c or Public Body, and a report of the action taken shall be submitted by the Local Public Agency or Public Agency r. 1 FM Public Body, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor. In the event the interested parties cannot agree on the proper classification or reclassification of a particular class of laborers and mechanics to be used, the question, accompanied by the recommendation of the Local Public Agency or Public Body, shall be referred, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for final determination. .� �. SPECIFIC COVERAGE OF CERTAIN TYPES OF WORK BY EMPLOYEES The transportation of materials and supplies to or from the site of the Project or Program to which this Contract pertains by the employees of the Contractor or of any subcontractor, and the manufacturing or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies or equipment on the site of the Project or Program to which this Contract pertains by persons employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor, shall, for the purposes of this Contract, and without. limiting the geniality of the foregoing provisions of this Contract, be deemed to be work to which these Federal Labor Standards Provisions are applicable. 6. UNDERPAYMENTS OF WAGES OR SALARIES !^^ In case of underpayment of wages by the Contractor or by any subcontractor to laborers. or mechanics employed by the Contractor or subcontractor upon the work covered by this Contract, the Local Public Agency or Public Body, in addition to such other rights as may be afforded it under this Contract, shall withhold from the Contractor, out of any payments due the Contractor, so much thereof as the Local Public Agency or Public Body may consider necessary to pay such laborers or mechanics the full amount of wages required by this Contract. The amount so withheld may be disbursed by the Local Public Agency or Public Body, for and on account of the Contractor or the subcontractor (as may be appropriate), to the respective laborers or mechanics to whom the same is due, or on their behalf to plans, funds or programs for any type of fringe benefit prescribed in the applicable determination. ANTICIPATED COSTS OF FRINGE BENEFITS, If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing fringe benefits under a. plan or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decisions of the Secretary of Labor, which are a part of this Contract: Provided, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside, in a separate account, assets for meeting the obligations under the plan or program. A copy of any findings made by the Secretary of Labor in respect to fringe benefits being provided by "^ the Contractor must be submitted to the Local Public Agency or Public Body with the first payroll filed by the Contractor subsequent to receipt of the findings. S. FRINGE BENEFITS NOT EXPRESSED AS HOURLY WAGE RATES The Local Public Agency or Public Body shall require, whenever the minimum rate prescribed in the Contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefits which is not expressed as an hourly wage rate, and the A-* Contractor is obligated to pay the cash equivalent of such a fringe benefit, an hourly cash equivalent thereof to be established. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question, accompanied by the recommendation of the Local Public Agency or Public Body, shall be referred, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for determination. (a) Overtime requirements. No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and guards, shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any work week in which they are employed on such work to work in excess of 40 hours in such work week unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times their basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such work week. (b) Violation: Liability for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable to any affected employee for his unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor n shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a) in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard work week of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (a). ,,. (c) Withholding for liguidated damages. The Local Public Agency or Public Body shall withhold or -cause to be withheld from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor such sums as may administratively be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section. (d) Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontract which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. 10. EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICESITRAINEES (a) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U. S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate who is not a trainee as defined in paragraph (b) of this Section, or is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performs. The Contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish to the contracting officer, or a representative of the Wage -Hour Division of the U. S. Department of Labor, written evidence of the registration of and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeymen hourly rates), for the area of construction prior to using any apprentice on the Contract work. The wage rate paid apprentices shall be not less than the appropriate percentage of the journeyman's rate contained in the applicable wage determination. (b) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.15, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has receivers prior approval, evidenced by formal certification, by the U. D. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. The ratio of trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for his level of progress. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training shall be paid not less than the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performs. The Contractor or subcontractor will be required to performs. The Contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish the contracting officer or a representative of the Wage -Hour Division of the U. S. Department of Labor written evidence of the certification of his program, the registration of the trainees and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in that program. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (c) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. 11. EMPLOYMENT OF CERTAIN PERSONS PROHIBITED No person under the age of sixteen years and no person who, at the time, is serving sentence in a penal or r correctional institution shall be employed on the work covered by this Contract. 12. REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SO-CALLED "ANTI -KICKBACK ACT" The Contractor shall comply with the applicable regulations (See Exhibit A, attached and herein incorporated by reference) of the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, made pursuant to the so-called "Anti - Kickback Act" of June 13, 1934 (48 Stat. 948, 62 Stat. 862. 63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967; 62 Stat. 740 Title 18 U.S.C., Section 874 and Title 40 U.S,C., Section 276c) and any amendments or modifications thereof, and shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in subcontracts to insure compliance therewith by all subcontractors subject thereto, and shall be responsible for the submission of affidavits required by subcontractors thereunder, except as said .Secretary of Labor may specifically provide for reasonable limitations, variations, tolerances and. exemptions from the requirements thereof. 13. COMPLAINTS PROCEEDINGS OR TESTIMONY BY EMPLOYEES No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage, salary or other labor standards provisions of this Contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated against by the Contractor or any subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under or relating to the labor standards applicable to his employer under this Contract. 14. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES PERTAINING TO WAGE RATES Claims and disputes pertaining to wage rates or to classifications of laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be promptly reported by the Contractor, in writing, to the Local Public Agency • or Public Body for referral by the latter through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, whose decision shall be final with respect thereto. 1 QUESTIONS CONCERNING CERTAIN FEDERAL STATUTES AND REGULATIONS r All questions arising under this Contract which relate to the application or interpretation of (a) the aforesaid Anti - Kickback Act, (b) the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (c) the aforesaid Davis -Bacon act, (d) the regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, pursuant to said Acts or (e) the labor standards provisions of any other pertinent Federal statute, shall be referred, through the Local Public Agency or Public Body and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, for said Secretary's appropriate ruling or interpretation, which shall be authoritative and maybe relied upon for the purpose of this Contract. 16. BREACH OF FOREGOING FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS In addition to the causes for termination of this Contract as herein elsewhere set forth, the Local Public Agency or Public Body reserves the right to terminate this Contract if the Contractor or any subcontractor whose subcontract covers any of the work covered by this Contract shall breach any of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions. A ►• breach of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions may also be grounds for debarment, as provided by the applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor. A breach of Section 45 and the Federal Labor Standards Provisions may be grounds for termination of the Contract, and for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.6. 17. INTEREST OR MEMBER OF OR DELEGATE TO CONGRESS No member of or Delegate to Congress or Resident Commissioner shall be admitted to any share of this Contract or to any benefit that may arise therefrom, but this provision shall not be construed to extend to this Contract if made with a corporation for its general benefit. is. OTHER PROHIBITED INTERESTS No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to negotiate, make, accept ora rove, or to take art in negotiating, making, accepting or approving an architectural, engineering, PP P 9 g, 9, P 9 PP g Y 9� 9, inspection, construction or material supply contract or any subcontract in connection with the construction of the project shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any part hereof. No officer, employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector of or for the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to exercise any legislative, executive, supervisory or other similar functions in connection with the construction of the project shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this Contract or in any part thereof, any material supply contract, subcontract, insurance contract or any other contract pertaining to the project. 19. SPECIAL EQUAL OPPORTUNITY PROVISIONS A. Activities and Contracts Not Subject to Executive Order 11246. as Amended. Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontractors under 510.000) During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants for employment are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of. compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. (2) The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Contracting Officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor shall state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. (3) The Contractor shall incorporate the foregoing requirements in all subcontracts. B. Contracts Subject to Executive Order 11246. as Amended. (Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000) During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants for employment are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer,; recruitment or recruitment advertising-, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Contracting Officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without " regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. (3) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the Contract Compliance Officer advising the said labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitment under this Section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 1Z (4) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (5) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and the rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the Department and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders. (6) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this Contract, or with any of such rules, regulations or orders, this Contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contract procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by laws. (7) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph B(1) of this Section, and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) which follow, in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontractor or purchase order as the Department may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor become involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with the Department, the Contractor may request the United States to enter such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. C. "Section 3" Compliance in the Provision of Training. Employment and Business Opportunities: (Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000) During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (1 USC 170(u)), as amended, the HUD regulations issued pursuant thereto at 24 CFR Part 135, and any applicable rules and orders of HUD issued thereunder. (2) The "Section 3 set forth in 24 CFR 135.20(b) shall form part of this Contract, as set forth in Paragraph 1 of the General Conditions, "Contract and Contract Documents." (3) Contractors shall incorporate the "Section 3 clause" shown below and the foregoing requirements in all subcontracts. Section 3 Clause as set forth in 24 CFR 135.20(b) A. The work to be performed under this Contract is on a project assisted under a program providing direct Federal financial assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701 u. Section 3 requires that to the greatest extent feasible opportunities for training and employment be given lower income residents of the project area, and contracts for work in connection with the project be awarded to business concerns which are located in, or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of the project. s�, M B. The parties to this Contract will comply with the provisions of said Section 3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and set forth in 24 CFR 135.20(b), and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder, prior to the execution of this Contract. The parties to this Contract certify and agree that they are under no contractual or other disability which would prevent them from complying with these requirements. C. The Contractor will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, if any, a notice advising the said labor organization or workers' representative of his commitments under this Section 3 clause, and shall posts copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment or training. D. The Contractor will include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract for work in connection with the project and will, at the direction of the applicant for or recipient of Federal financial assistance, take appropriate action pursuant to a subcontract upon a finding that a Subcontractor is in violation of regulations issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, 24 CFR ,�. 135.20 (b). The Contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the Contractor has notice or knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of regulations under 24 CFR 135.20 (b), and will not let any subcontract unless the subcontractor has first provided said Contractor with a preliminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of these regulations. E. Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24 CFR 135.20 (b), and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of the Contract, shall be a condition of the Federal financial assistance provided tot he project, binding upon the applicant or recipient for such assistance, its successors and assigns. Failure to fulfill theses requirements shall subject the applicant or recipient, its contractors and subcontractors, its successors and assigns to those sanctions specified by the grant or loan agreement or contract through which Federal assistance is provided, and to such sanctions as are specified by 24 CFR 135.20(b). 20. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AIR AND WATER ACTS (Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $100,000) Compliance with Air and Water Acts During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with the requirements of the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 USC 1857 et seq., and the Federal water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 USC 1251 et seq., and the regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency with respect thereto, at 40 CFR Part 15, as amended. �** In addition to the foregoing requirements, all non-exempt contractors and subcontractors shall furnish to the Owner the following: (1) A stipulation by the Contractor or subcontractors that any facility to be utilized in the performance of any nonexempt contract or subcontract is not listed on the List of Violating Facilities issued by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20. (2) An agreement by the Contractor to comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, (42 USC 1857c-8)- and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, (33 USC 1318) relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports and information, as well as all other requirements specified in said Section 114 and Section 308, and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder. (3) A stipulation that as a condition for the award of the Contract, prompt notice will be given of any notification received from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility utilized, or to be utilized for the contracts, is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. r7 (4) An agreement by the Contractor that he will include, or cause to be included, the criteria and requirements in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this Section in every nonexempt subcontract and requiring that the Contractor will take such action as the Government may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. 1 SPECIAL CONDITIONS PERTAINING TO HAZARDS SAFETY STANDARDS AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION A. Lead -Based Pain Hazards (Applicable to contracts and related subcontracts for construction or rehabilitation of residential structures exceeding $100.000) The construction or rehabilitation of residential structures is subject to the HUD Lead -Based Paint regulations, 24 CFR Part 35. The Contractor and subcontractors shall comply with the provisions for the elimination of lead-based paint hazards under sub -part B of said regulations. The Owner will be responsible for the inspections and certifications required under Section 35.14(f) thereof.. B. Use of Explosives The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall observe all local, state and Federal laws in purchasing and handling explosives. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect completed work, neighboring property, water lines or other underground structures. Where there is danger to structures or property from blasting, the charges shall be reduced and the material shall be covered with suitable timber, steel or rope mats. The Contractor shall notify all owners of public utility property of his intention to use explosives at least eight hours before blasting is done close.to such property. Any supervision or direction of use of explosives by the Engineer does not in any way reduce the responsibility of the Contractor or his Surety for damages that may be caused by such use. C. Danger Signals and Safety Devices The Contractor shall make all necessary precautions to guard against damages to property and injury to persons. He shall put up and maintain in good condition -sufficient red or warning lights at night, suitable barricades and other devices necessary to protect the public. In case the Contractor fails or neglects to ^� take such precautions, the Owner may have such lights and barricades installed and charge the cost of this work to the Contractor. Such action by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of any liability incurred under these specifications or Contract. NONDISCRIMINATION AGAINST THE HANDICAPPED - SECTION 504 The Contractor shall not discriminate against any otherwise qualified handicapped employee or applicant for employment solely by reason of his handicap. The Contractor shall comply with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (P.L. 93-112) as amended (129 U.S.C.A. section 794). b EXHIBITS A. COPELAND ANTI -KICKBACK REGULATIONS ATTACHMENT TO FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS SO-CALLED "ANTI -KICKBACK ACT' AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED PURSUANT THERETO BY THE SECRETARY OF LABOR, UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR TITLE 18, U.S.C., SECTION 874 (Replaces Section 1 of the Act of June 13, 1934 (48 Stat. 948, 40 U.S.C., Sec. 276b) pursuant to the Act of June 25, 1948, 62 Stat. 862) KICKBACKS FROM PUBLIC WORKS EMPLOYEES ..� Whoever, by force, intimidation, or threat of procuring dismissal from employment, or by any other manner whatsoever induces any person employed in the construction, prosecution, completion or repair of any public building, public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States to give up any part of the compensation to which he is entitled under his contract of employment, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than five years, or both. SECTION 2 OF THE ACT OF JUNE 13, 1934, AS AMENDED (48 Stat. 948, 62 Stat. 862, 63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967, 40 U.S.C., Sec. 276c) The Secretary of Labor shall make reasonable regulations for contractors and subcontractors engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion or repair of public buildings, public works or buildings or work finance din whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States, including a provision that each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish weekly a statement with respect to the wages paid each employee during the preceding week. Section 1001 of Title 18 (United State Code) shall apply to such statements. ---XXX--- ,,, Pursuant to the aforesaid Anti -Kickback Act, the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, has promulgated the regulations. hereinafter set forth, which regulations are found in.Title 29, Subtitle A, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 3. The term "this part," as used in the regulations hereinafter set forth, refers to Part 3 last above mentioned. Said regulations are follows: TITLE 29 - LABOR Subtitle A - Office of the Secretary of Labor PART 3 - CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS ON PUBLIC BUILDING OR PUBLIC WORK FINANCED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY LOANS OR GRANTS FROM THE UNITED STATES Section 3.1 Purpose and scope. This part prescribes "anti -kickback" regulations under Section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1934, as amended (40 U.S.C. 276c), popularly known as the Copeland Act. This part applies to any contract which is subject to Federal wage standardsand which is for the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of public buildings, public -works or buildings or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States. The part is intended to aid in the enforcement of the minimum wage provisions of the Davis - Bacon Act and the various statutes dealing with Federally -assisted construction that contain similar minimum wage provisions, including those provisions which are not subject to Reorganization plan No. 14 (e.g., the College Housing Act of 1950, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Housing Act of 1959), and in theenforcement of the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours Standards Act whenever they are applicable to construction work. The part details the weekly submission of statements regarding the wages paid on work covered thereby; sets forth the circumstances and procedures governing the making of payroll deductions from the wages of those employed on such work; and delineates the methods of payment permissible on such work. Fs 61 P Section 3.2 Definitions. Section 3.3 Weekly statement with respect to payment of wages. (a) As used in this section, the term "employee" shall not apply to persons in classifications higher than that of laborer or mechanic and those who are the immediate supervisors of such employees. (b) Each contractor or subcontractor engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public building or public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants form the United States, shall furnish each week a statement with respect to the wages paid each of its employees engaged on work covered by 29 CFR Parts 3 and 5 -during the preceding weekly payroll period. This statement shall be executed by the contractor or subcontractor or by an authorized officer or employee of the contractor or subcontractor who supervises the payment of wages, and shall be on form As used in the regulation in this part: rw (a) The terms "building" or "work" generally includes construction activity as distinguished from manufacturing, furnishing of materials, or servicing and maintenance work. The terms include, without limitation, buildings, structures, and improvements of all types, such. as bridges, dams, plants, highways, parkways, streets, subways, tunnels, sewers, mains, power lines, pumping stations, railways, airports, terminals, docks, piers, wharves, ways, lighthouses, buoys, jetties, breakwaters, levees, and canals; dredging, shoring, scaffolding, drilling, blasting, excavating, clearing, and landscaping. Unless conducted in connection with and at the. site of such a building or work as is described in the foregoing sentence, the manufacture or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment (whether or not a Federal or State. agency acquires title to such materials, articles, supplies, or equipment during the course of the manufacture or furnishing, or owns the materials from which they are manufactured or furnished) is not .a "building" or "work" within the meaning of the regulations in this part. (b) The terms "conditions", "prosecution", "completion", or "repair" mean all types of work done on a, particular building or work at the site thereof, including, without limitation, altering, remodeling, painting and decorating, the transporting of materials and supplies to or from the building or work by the employees of the construction contractor or construction subcontractor, and the manufacturing or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment on the site of the building or work, by persons employed at the site by the contractor or subcontractor. (c) The terms "public building" or "public work" include building or work for whose construction, prosecution, completion, or repair, as defined above, a Federal agency is a contracting party, regardless of whether title thereof is in a federal agency. (d) The term "building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States" includes building or work for whose construction, prosecution, completion, or repair, as defined above, payment or part payment is made directly or indirectly from funds provided by loans or grants by a Federal agency. The term does not include building or work for which Federal assistance is limited solely to loan guarantees or insurance. (e) Every person paid by a contractor or subcontractor in any manner for his labor in the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of a public building or public work or building or work financed in whole «, or in part by loans or grants from the United States is "employed" or receiving "wages", regardless of any contractual relationship alleged to exist between him and the real employer. (f) The term "any affiliated person" includes a spouse, child, parent, or other close relative of the contractor or subcontractor, a partner or officer of the contractor or subcontractor, a corporation closely connected with the contractor or subcontractor as parent, subsidiary or otherwise, and an officer or agent of such corporation.' (g) The term "Federal agency" means the United States, the District of Columbia, and all executive departments, independent establishments, administrative agencies, and instrumentality's of the United States and of the District of Columbia, including corporations, all or substantially all of the stock of which is beneficially owned by the United States, by the District of Columbia, or any of the foregoing departments, establishments, agencies, and instrumentality's. Section 3.3 Weekly statement with respect to payment of wages. (a) As used in this section, the term "employee" shall not apply to persons in classifications higher than that of laborer or mechanic and those who are the immediate supervisors of such employees. (b) Each contractor or subcontractor engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public building or public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants form the United States, shall furnish each week a statement with respect to the wages paid each of its employees engaged on work covered by 29 CFR Parts 3 and 5 -during the preceding weekly payroll period. This statement shall be executed by the contractor or subcontractor or by an authorized officer or employee of the contractor or subcontractor who supervises the payment of wages, and shall be on form MIA WH 348 "Statement of Compliance"; or on an identical form on the back of WH 347, "Payroll (For Contractors Optional Use)" or on any form with identical wording. Sample copies of WH 347 and WH 347 and WH 348 may be obtained from the Government contracting or sponsoring agency, and copies of these forms may be purchased at the Government Printing Office. (c) The requirements of this section shall not apply to any contract of $2,000 or less. (d) Upon a written finding by the head of a Federal agency, the Secretary of Labor may provide reasonable limitations, variations, tolerances, and exemptions from the requirements of this section subject to such conditions as the Secretary of Labor may specify. (29 F.R. 95, Jan. 4, 1964, as amended at 33 F.R. 10186, July 17, 1968) ►* Section 3.4 Submission of weekly statements and the preservation and inspection of weekly payroll records. (a) Each weekly statement required under Section 3.3 shall be delivered by the contractor or subcontractor, within seven days after the regular payment date of the payroll period, to a representative of a Federal or State agency in charge at site of the building or work, or, if there is nor representative of a Federal or State agency at the site of the building or work, the statement shall be mailed by the contractor or subcontractor, within such time, to a Federal or state agency contracting for or financing the building or work. After such examination and check as may be made, such statement, or a copy thereof, shall be kept available, or shall be transmitted together with a report of any violation, in accordance with applicable procedures prescribed by the United States Department of Labor. (b) Each contractor or subcontractor shall preserve his weekly payroll records for a period of three years from date of completion of the contract. The payroll records shall set out accurately and completely the name and address of each laborer and mechanic, his correct classification, rate of pay, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Such payroll records shall be made available at all times for inspection by the contracting officer or his authorized representatives of the Department of Labor. Section 3.5 Payroll deductions permissible without application to or approval of the Secretary of Labor. Deductions made under the circumstances or in the situations described in the paragraphs of this section may be made without application to and approval of the Secretary of Labor: (a) Any deduction made in compliance with the requirements of Federal, State, or local law, such as Federal or State withholding income taxes and Federal social security taxes. (b) Any deduction of sums previously paid to the employee as a bona fide prepayment of wages when such prepayment is made without discount or interest. A "bona fide prepayment of wages" is considered to have been made only when cash or its equivalent has been advanced to the person employed in such manner as to give him complete freedom of disposition of the advanced funds. (c) Any deduction of amounts required by court process to be paid to another, unless the deduction is in favor of the contractor, subcontractor or any affiliated person, or when collusion or collaboration exists. (d) Any deductions constituting a contribution on behalf of the person employed to funds established by the employer or representatives of employees, or both, for the purpose of providing either form principal or income, or both, medical or hospital care, pensions or annuities on retirement, death benefits, compensation for injuries, illness, accidents, sickness, or disability, or for insurance to provide any of the foregoing, or unemployment benefits, vacation pay, savings accounts, or similar payments for the benefit of employees, their families and dependents: Provided, however, that the following standards are met: (1) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law; (2) it is either: (1) Voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be done and such consent is not a condition either for the obtaining of or for the continuation of employment, or (ii) provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees; (3) no profit or other benefit is otherwise obtained, directly or indirectly, by the contractor or subcontractor or any affiliated person in the form of commission, dividend, or otherwise; and (4) the deductions shall serve the convenience and interest of the employee. rte+ (e) Any deduction contributing toward the purchase of United States Defense Stamps and Bonds when voluntarily authorized by the employee. (f) Any deduction requested by the employee to enable him to repay loans to or to purchase shares in credit unions organized and operated in accordance with Federal and State credit union statutes. (g) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to governmental or quasigovernmental agencies, such as the American Red Cross. (h) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making of contributions to community Chests, United Givers Funds., and similar charitable organizations. (i) Any deduction to pay regular union initiation fees and membership dues, not including fines or special assessments: Provided, however, that a collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees provides for such deductions and the deductions are not otherwise prohibited by law. -• (j) Any deduction not more than for the "reasonable cost" of board, lodging, or other facilities meeting the requirements of section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and Part 531 of this title. When such a deduction is made the additional records required under Section 516.27(a) of this title shall be kept. Section 3.6 Payroll deductions permissible with the approval of the Secretary of Labor. Any contractor or subcontractor may apply to the Secretary of Labor for permission to make any deduction not permitted under Section 3.5. The Secretary may grant permission whenever he finds that: (a) The contractor, subcontractor, or any affiliated person does not make a profit or benefit directly or indirectly form the deduction either in the form of a commission, dividend, or otherwise' (b) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law; (c) The deduction is either (1) voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be done and such consent -is not a condition either for the obtaining of employment or its continuance, or (2) provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between �. the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees; and (d) The deduction serves the convenience and interest of the employee. Section 3.7 Applications for the approval of the Secretary of Labor. Any application or the making of payroll deductions under Section 3.6 shall comply with the requirements prescribed in the following paragraphs of this section: (a) The application shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the Secretary of Labor. (b) The application shall identify the contract or contracts under which the work in question is to be performed. Permission will be given for deductions only on specific, identified contracts, except upon a showing of exceptional circumstances. (c) The application shall state affirmatively that there is compliance with the standards set forth in the provisions of Section 3.6. The affirmation shall be accompanied by a full statement of the facts indicating such compliance. n (d) The application shall include a description of the proposed deduction, the purpose to be served thereby, and the classes of laborers or mechanics form whose wages the proposed deduction would be made. 4 .� (e) The application shall state the name and business of any third person to whom any funds obtained from the proposed deductions are to be transmitted and the affiliation of such person, if any, with the applicant. Section 3.8 Action by the Secretary of Labor upon applications. The. Secretary of Labor shall decide whether or not the requested deduction is permissible under provisions of Section 3.6; and shall notify the applicant in writing of his decision. Section 3.9 Prohibited payroll deductions. Deductions not elsewhere for by this part and which are not found to be permissible under Section 3.6 are prohibited. Section 3.10 Methods of payment of wages. The payment of wages shall be by cash, negotiable instruments payable on demand, or the additional M, forms of compensation for which deductions are permissible under this part. Not other methods of payment shall be recognized on work subject to the Copeland Act. Section 3.11 Regulations part of contract All contracts made with respect to the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public building or public work or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States covered by the regulations in this part shall expressly bind the contractor or subcontractor to comply with such of the regulations in this part as may be applicable. In this regard, see Section 5.5 (a) of this subtitle. No Text THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A312 Payment Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): Art Cuevas Construction, Inc. 740683 d Street Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) Lubbock, TX 79424 2100 Fleur Drive Des Moines, IA 50321-1158 r OWNER (Name and Address): .�. City of Lubbock 162513 1h Lubbock,TX 79401 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: 30ieth Aug. 2001 Amount: $95,695.89 Mae Simmons Outreach Center Renovation Description (Name and Location): Lubbock, TX BOND Tx 576484 Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): ... Amount: $95,695.89 Modifications to this Bond: CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate Seal) Art Cuevas Construction, Inc. 30 Aug 2001 [ ] None See Page 6 SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) Signature �-�J �- Signature: on', Name and Title: Name and Title: Don E. Smith, Attorney -in -Fact (Any additional signatures appear on page 6) (FOR INFORMATION ONLY -Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or other party): Smith Construction Bonding Inc. 4099 McEwen Suite 410 Farmers Branch, Texas 75244 (972) 980-8175 AIA DOCUMENT A312 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND DECEMBER 1984 ED. - AIA 0 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A312-1984 0 ii 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor: 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and 2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is for the payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims,demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default. 3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: ^' 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have given notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor: MW .•n 1 Have furnished written notice to the Contractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed; and 2 Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from the Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above notice any communication from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to the Contractor. 5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is sufficient compliance. 6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at, the Surety's expense take the following actions: AIA Document A312- Performance 6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner. within 45 days undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are. 6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the work. 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2 (III), or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law. the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. �.. 14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15 DEFINITIONS 15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectual and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the ., Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: NONE mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. 15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) Art Cuevas Construction, Inc. Company: ( Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: 7406 83rd Street Lubbock, TX 79424 Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: L�w L r-51 Name and Title: Don E.. Smith, Attorney —in -Fact Address: 4099 McEwen — Suite 410 Farmers Branch, TX 75244 AIA DOCUMENT A312 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND -DECEMBER 1984 ED. - AIA 0 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A312-1984 6 Merchants Bonding Company (MUTUAL) ' POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents, that the WERCHAIJTS BONDING COMPANY (IJiUTUAL), a corporation duly organized under, tile laws of the Stale of Iowa, and having its principal office in the City of Des Moines, County of Polk, State of Iowa, hath made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint +, Don E. Smith of Farmers Branch and State of Texas its true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in its behalf as surely any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other wrillen obligations in the nature thereof, subject 10 the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount o1: TWO MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND ($2,500,000.00) Dollars and to bind the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), and all such acts of said Atiorney-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power-of-Aftomey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Amended Substituted and Restated By -Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) on October 3, 1992. ARTICLE Il, SECTION 8. —The Chairman of the Board or President or any Vice President or Secretary shall have power and author- ity to appoint Attorneys -in -Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. ARTICLE It, SECTION 9. — The signature of any authorized officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any ewe Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed. In Witness Whereof, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) has caused these presents to be signed by its President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, this 1st day of January 2001 . •' • • • • • . MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) Amo?ooRP A�A9�'. y 1933 � c: • JCy . STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss, By President On this 1st day of January 2001 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me '"•• personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), the corporation described in the foregoing instrument, and that the Seal affixed to the said instrument is the Corporate Seal of the said Corporation and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its Board of Directors. ...K in Testimony Whereof, 1 have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal at the City of Des Moines, Iowa, the day and year first above written. Z Notary Public, Polk Count;; Iowa IOWA O)'' •.....•CD STATE OF IOWA A I AL COUNTY OF POLK ss. I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), do hereby certity that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY, executed by said M!-:RCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), which is still in force and effect. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed Itic Seal of the CoT;pany or, 1his30iethdayof August 2001CAZ ••' ',// • O� ' qP C,9 9' Secreraq """14 1ASc9614(2198) •`' 1933 C; r $DMO/* - u t Merchants Bonding Company Please send all notices of claim on this bond "to: Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) 6850 Austin Center Blvd., Suite 200 P. O. Box 26720 Austin, TX 78755-0720 (512) 343-9033 P No Text THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A312 Performance Bond POW Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. iii CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): Art Cuevas Construction, Inc. Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) 740683 Id Street 2100 Fleur Drive Lubbock, TX 79424 Des Moines, IA 50321-1158 s� OWNER (Name and Address): City of Lubbock 162513 1h Lubbock,TX 79401 P" CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: 30ieth August 2001 Amount: $ 95,695.89 Mae Simmons Outreach Center Renovation Description (Name and Location): Lubbock, TX BOND Tx 576484 Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): 30ieth Aug.2001 w. Amount: $95,695.89 Modifications to this Bond: ❑ None See page 3 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Art Cuevas Construction, Inc. Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) Signature: 2 gg 8- • U'4 LIP, Signature: Name and T6 Name and Title: Don E. Smith, Attorney -in -Fact (Any additional signatures appear on page 3) (FOR INFORMATION ONLY -Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or Smith Construction Bonding Inc. other party): 4099 McEwen Suite 410 Farmers Branch, Texas 75244 (972) 980 8175 AIA DOCUMENT A312 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND - DECEMBER 1984 ED- - AIA a t� THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A312-1984 I THIRD PRINTING - MARCH 1987 iii 0 0 I The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the�Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construction Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and the Surety have received notice as provided in Subparagraph 3.1; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract in accordance with the terms of the contract with the Owner. 4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the following actions: 4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; or 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or through independent contractors; or 4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and the Contractor selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or 4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: 1. After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, tender payment therefor to the Owner; or AIA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECCEMBER 1984 ED. AIA - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W. WASHINGTON. D.C.2006 1. 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner citing reasons therefor. 5 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right to complete the Construction Contract, and if the Surety elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Construction Contract, the Surety is obligated without duplication for: 6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; 6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 4; and 6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor. 7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators or successors. 8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. if the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as 'a defense in the jursidiction of the suit shall be applicable. A312-1983 2 im- 10 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. 11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the constfuction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. "'"`' 12 DEFINITIONS 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after °" all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to the MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: - NONE e,e (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL (Corporate Seal) Company: Art Cuevas Construction, Inc. ... Signature - Name and Titre: A�irirccs 7406 83rd Street PM Lubbock, TX 79424 AIA DOCUMENT A312 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND - DECEMBER 1984 ED.'- AIA A THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 200% Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. 12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Construction Contract. 12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. SURETY (Corporate Seal) Company: Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) Signature: �Jo►► ��.,,,�, Name and Title Address: Don E. Smith, Attorney -in -Fact 4099 McEwen — Suite 410 Farmers Branch, TX 75244 A312-1984 3 i i ® e 8^a+ • t V 7 Merchants Bonding Company N� Please send all notices of claim on this bond to: Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) 6850 Austin Center Blvd., Suite 200 P. O. Box 26720 Austin, TX 78755-0720 (512)343-9033 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ACORD ::::......:.::::::::::::::::.:.:::::.:::.:. PRODUCER::::.......................................................................................... -3ledsoe Insurance Agency, Inc. 5143 69th Street P.O. Box 65028 ::........ ::::::..::::::::::::'. :::i �; i::i: DATE MM/DD ( /YY) .. .. ::. . ;:.; 09/18/01 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE Lubbock, TX 79464 COMPANY A Maryland Casualty Co. NSURED COMPANY Art Cuevas Construction, Inc. B Security National Ins. Co. 7406 83rd St COMPANY Lubbock, TX 79424 C COMPANY D ... .....................................................................:...:..:.............................................................................................:.:..::,:...::::.::.:,:,.::::,:::,.::::::.:,::,:::,:.....:..:.:::,:::.::::.::::.::::::::.:....._ THIS IS TO CERTIFY . THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD I INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS I LTR I DATE (MM/DDNY) DATE (MM/DD/YY) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS The City is shown as Additional Insured on general liability and auto liability policies. A waiver of subrogation applies to the general liabilitv policy__ _ City of Lubbock SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL LQ_ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000, 0001 PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,001 A x COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY SCP 3 0 7 3 4 7 2 8 �12/20/00 AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ 12/20/01 EACH ACCIDENT $ CLAIMSPERSONAL MADE ❑X OCCUR AGGREGATE $ EXCESS LIABILITY UMBRELLA OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM 8 ADV INJURY $ 1 0 0 0 O O OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT AGGREGATE $ $ I nnn��i EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000, 000 FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $ 50 00 STATU- OTH TORY LIMITS ER TOR EL EACH ACCIDENT $ EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 1 $ EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE I $ OTHER MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10 000 w.e AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TCA2988079 08/19/01 08/19/02 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 500,000 B X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS The City is shown as Additional Insured on general liability and auto liability policies. A waiver of subrogation applies to the general liabilitv policy__ _ City of Lubbock SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL LQ_ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE PROPERTY DAMAGE $ R"II+ GARAGE LIABILITY ANY AUTO AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: EACH ACCIDENT $ AGGREGATE $ EXCESS LIABILITY UMBRELLA OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ $ I nnn��i WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY THE PROPRIETOR/ INCL PARTNERS/EXECUTIVE OFFICERS ARE: D(CL STATU- OTH TORY LIMITS ER TOR EL EACH ACCIDENT $ EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 1 $ EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE I $ OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS The City is shown as Additional Insured on general liability and auto liability policies. A waiver of subrogation applies to the general liabilitv policy__ _ City of Lubbock SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL LQ_ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 10/22/2001 11:00 8067940196 ROCER hAVID TATE INSURANCE AGENCY DU 5233 79TH LUBBOCK TX 79424 (806) 794-1177 r�NSURED Art Cuevas Construction Inc. 7406 83rd Lubbock TX 79424 118061 866--9000 THIS IS TO CER'T'IFY THAT TME PVL INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING AIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF LTR TYPE Of INBURAMCE COIMBINEDSIIYGLEUMIT S GENERAL LIABILITY CBMMEF=AL GENERAL UASlUw WJW, BODILU' s OMEITS &CONTR4=R'S PROT PROPERTY DAMAGE S AVI'OMosu mmuTf ANY AUTO AUTO ONLY - EA ACxIDEP1T ALLOWNEDAUTOS j 9CHEDU6EDAUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON•OWNED AUTOS LIA811MY GARAGE F— ANYAUTO ERCE55 UANUTY s UM9RE11A FORM OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM A N►ORKEMcomi'mmmmMD pOUCY NUMBFA , IIPLDYERS' LIABILITY J 10 5 4 3 7 0E Tm PAOPRIEmw X INCL PARTNEMXXECUTNE DAVID TATE INS A MATTER rs UPON S NOT AN PAGE 01 DATE 00.MM 39/06/03. COMPANY A COMMERICAL CASUALTY INSURANCE CO COMPANY 9 CWPAW COWANY ..,. ,OW HAVE BEEN ISSU6 TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD IDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS IIFFORDEC BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. PDUCV EFFECf1VE POLICY EIRMRATKNI UMITs DATE (MMIDWM DATE (LMMWVYI QENERALAGGRECAll S I I I I PRODUCTB-OOMPXVAGS B S EACH OCCURM= 19 AGOFMGATE 04/27/01 104/27/0a BACHACCIDENT X50000 emEASE-POLICY LNMT 160000 OFFICERBARM EKO- OTHER pFgoRIPTIaN OF OPERAnoNSIWCAT1oNMICUWSPECUu.ITEM WAIVER OF SUBROGATION ON WORK COMP IN FAVOR OF CITY OF LUBBOCK "".m:� NY �.� E •�' �':: " k smULD AOF THE ABOVE RUED POUCIFA 09 CANMMW BEFORE TME EWiRATM DAVE TNEAEOF, THE WSUMa COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR To HAIL CITY OF LUBBOCK r. BOX 2000 _ RI Q DAYS WTTEN M"=70 THE CMMFWA-M MOLDER NANO To THE LEFT. LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79452 MN FAIWRE TO MAR• SUCH NOTICE SMALL IMPOSE No 00LI ►TICK an UANUTY RON SHEFIELD of ANY KIND UPON TME COMPAMY. ITB AGMTs OR REpRESENfAT1VE5 AUVMO ATIVE F _ �3<�►�.• s�.'J�'a.•'+.'3�•.1 �=c�.:x�•'•..�.�'�r'."�"f�`�°ts'9..`f'e�«�3`v�w£�r>'.€•`..�,Ce'vvf.�.•.•c','�a•''3'.• s c • :?'���'�� COIMBINEDSIIYGLEUMIT S BODILU' s (per"Yay'"iU) S PROPERTY DAMAGE S AUTO ONLY - EA ACxIDEP1T OTFIFA 1HAN AUTO ONLY: �,� / � � / EACH OCCURM= 19 AGOFMGATE 04/27/01 104/27/0a BACHACCIDENT X50000 emEASE-POLICY LNMT 160000 OFFICERBARM EKO- OTHER pFgoRIPTIaN OF OPERAnoNSIWCAT1oNMICUWSPECUu.ITEM WAIVER OF SUBROGATION ON WORK COMP IN FAVOR OF CITY OF LUBBOCK "".m:� NY �.� E •�' �':: " k smULD AOF THE ABOVE RUED POUCIFA 09 CANMMW BEFORE TME EWiRATM DAVE TNEAEOF, THE WSUMa COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR To HAIL CITY OF LUBBOCK r. BOX 2000 _ RI Q DAYS WTTEN M"=70 THE CMMFWA-M MOLDER NANO To THE LEFT. LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79452 MN FAIWRE TO MAR• SUCH NOTICE SMALL IMPOSE No 00LI ►TICK an UANUTY RON SHEFIELD of ANY KIND UPON TME COMPAMY. ITB AGMTs OR REpRESENfAT1VE5 AUVMO ATIVE F _ �3<�►�.• s�.'J�'a.•'+.'3�•.1 �=c�.:x�•'•..�.�'�r'."�"f�`�°ts'9..`f'e�«�3`v�w£�r>'.€•`..�,Ce'vvf.�.•.•c','�a•''3'.• s c • :?'���'�� I SEP -18-1901 11:13 FROM TO i 7752164 P.01 �. � � �.�. t•� CORD A� � "".. - x v a. w ���a. <. � PRODUCER g Y Inc.. Bledsoe Insurance Agency, 5143 69th Street ���• oATLTIHLLwDm�! d .� 09Z18/01 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION NLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, SND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED 13Y THE POLICIES BELOW COMPANIES AFFORDING COVENAQE p.0. Box 65028 COMPANY A Maryland Casualty Co . Lubbock, TX 79464 INSURW Art Cuevas Construction, Inc. COMPANY e Security National Ins. Co. COMPAW C 7406 83rd St Lubbock, TX 79424 OOMPANY O PHIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LiSTEG BELOW HAVE BEEN iSSU>D TO 1'HE INSUF;ED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD t INDICATETWITHSTANDINO ANY REQI U REM R CONOfT10N OF ANYCONTRA�0T1D000M ��I ENT VVRH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE 1S3UE0 OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN JS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OP SUCH POlJC1ES. UM1TS SI�OWN MAY HAVE BEEN REWCEd BY PAID CLAIMS. UTI TYPEOF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBEII POUCYE}FECTIYE (MN0001� POLN:YORMRA7fON �.� UMtTs A OFNERAI LIABILITY x OCMMERCIAIoENERALuAi9um R K OWNS MADE Q 00" SCP30734728 12/20/00 12/20/01 GETJERAL AGGREGATE 9 2 0 0 0 0 0 PRODUCTS.00My/Oma I 2,c00040001 PEPSONAL $ ADV INJURY : 11000"0001 ECM OCCURAENC9 IC00000001 O OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PRCT FIREDANmE ffqone *V) a 50,000 Mid oeP one tt�eoeY IQ, 0 0 B puTo>rlo9ltr:uaeltml X ANY AUTO - TCA2988079 08/19/01 08/19/02 COMONEOSllOLELIMIT s 500 00 LnpV.NRY = ALL.OWNEDAUTOS SWEDULW AV= NODLYNjiff I 4iM AUT09 NON-0WNEDAU'!00 PRpPERW DAMAGE i OARAGE UA9IUTY AUTO ONLY-CAA=DENT $ OTIMMTMMAUJTOONLY- Airy �yy�� A V.V EACH ACCIDENT S AGGREMATE 8 IMCBR8 LIABIU7Y EACH OOCURRENCE $ UMBRELLA FORM / / / / A00165GATE E S ONFRTHAN LJMSM LAFOPM WORIQA9 CCUPPNEATION AND gIAP0Y' UA91tAY a y:<o e. ewuw:t iiia x<• r ••>.t %.. > :t. EL EACH ACCIDENT I THE ARINERRIEW U'1114 VCL OFFICERS AAE: EXCL EI.D PDCIC`(UMIT 3 EL DLFASE - EA EINPLOYEE S OTHER OE9CAIPTION CR aPEpAT1011SI1OC:1SfON81VEllLCtSSISL�ECIA1. REMS The City is shown as Additional Insured on general liability and auto liability policies. A waiver of subrogation applies to the general liabil't ol'c . VON".... .... SIMULD ANY OP THE ABOW 00=960 1001.909128 9E CANOE O 9VgM TWE WnRAT9011 DAT$ THEREOF. THE mm" COMPANP "LL d10EAVOR To MAIL City of Lubbock ]JL DAYS wRITTEM NOTICE TO THE cump10AT6 MOLDER mom To THE UPT, Attn : Ron Shuf field BUT FA9LURE TO MAIL SVC" NW= SMALL IMPOSE No 09LIDATION OR UA9I W PO Box 2000 CF ANY MD UPON THE COMPANY, ITs AGOM OR RE9MWTATWeL Lubbock, TX 79457 AVTMORMREP TIVE S3:P U%ttQ•t UNI i R i N ADDITIONAL INSURED PAGE 1 OF 6 U N I r . TY Ar Cwxm WmmNaG*oor BUSINESS ' AUTO COVERAGE FORM DECLARATION * * * EFFECTIVE 08/19/01 RENEWAL OF POLICY TCA 2988075 POLICY NUMBER FROM POLICY PERIOD TO COVERAGE IS PROVIDED IN THE AGENCY P TCA 2988079 05 08/19/01 08/19/02 SECURITY NATIONAL INS COMPANY 010373200 ITEM ONE- NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS AGENT ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. BLEDSOE INSURANCE AGENCY INC & ART CUEVAS, INDIV. PO BOX 65028 7406 83RD ST LUBBOCK TX LUBBOCK TX _ 79424 79464 -CUSTOMER NUMBER: POLICY PERIOD- 12:01 AM STANDARD TIME AT THE NAMED INSUREDS ADDRESS STATED ABOVE FORM OF BUSINESS - CORPORATION IN RETURN FOR THE PAYMENT OF THE PREMIUM, AND SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS OF THIS 'POLICY, WE AGREE WITH YOU TO PROVIDE THE INSURANCE AS STATED IN THIS POLICY. ITEM TWO- SCHEDULE OF COVERAGES AND COVERED AUTOS JTHIS POLICY PROVIDES ONLY THOSE COVERAGES WHERE A CHARGE IS SHOWN IN THE PREMIUM COLUMN BELOW. EACH OF THESE COVERAGES WILL APPLY ONLY TO THOSE "AUTOS" SHOWN AS COVERED "AUTOS". "AUTOS" ARE SHOWN AS COVERED "AUTOS" FOR A PARTICULAR COVERAGE jBY THE ENTRY OF ONE OR MORE OF'THE`SYMBOLS FROM THE COVERED AUTO SECTION OF THE ,,„BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM NEXT TO THE NAME OF THE COVERAGE. r_ r COVERAGES COVERED LIMIT- THE MOST WE WILL PAY FOR PREMIUM LIABILITY AUTOS ANY ONE ACCIDENT OR LOSS COMB SINGLE LIMITS 01 $500,000 EACH ACCIDENT $4,330 PERSONAL INJURY PROT �I B D AUTO MEDICAL PAYMNTS UNINSURED / UNDERINSURED MOTORIST COMB SINGLE LIMITS PHYSICAL DAMAGE COMPREHENSIVE $5,000 EACH PERSON $136 $ EACH PERSON $500,000 EACH ACCIDENT $712 ACTUAL CASH VALUE OR COST OF REPAIR, WHICHEVER IS LESS, MINUS DEDUCTIBLE SHOWN 07 FOR EACH COVERED AUTO BUT NO DEDUCTIBLE $263 APPLIES TO LOSS CAUSED BY FIRE OR LIGHTNING. SEE ITEM FOUR FOR HIRED OR BORROWED AUTOS. SPEC CAUSE OF LOSS 07 $25 DEDUCTIBLE FOR EACH COVERED AUTO FOR $169 LOSS CAUSED BY MISCHIEF OR VANDALISM. SEE ITEM FOUR FOR HIRED OR BORROWED AUTOS. COLLISION 07 FOR EACH COVERED AUTO. SEE ITEM FOUR FOR $910 HIRED OR BORROWED AUTOS. TOWING AND LABOR $ FOR EACH DISABLEMENT OF A PRIV. PASS. FORMS AND ENDORSEMENTS CONTAINED IN THE POLICY AT ITS INCEPTION- TE9940A 1187 , TE9978A 1187 , TE2046A 1187 , TE9901B 1088 , TE0202A 1187 , TLnn7 �_1_l_A_7 TF__�n 9� _�_._TF [t l (13 q2- ---TE I1 Q (16 R fl 6-9 ]__—Tp -9.9 7 Q A l l R 7 ADDITIONAL INSURED PAGE 2 OF 6 UNIIRIN P;;... c..-L'summmGP0uP BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM DECLARATION * * * EFFECTIVE 08/19/01 RENEWAL OF POLICY TCA 298807 POLICY NUMBER POLICY PERIOD FROM TO TCA 2988079.05 08/19/01 08/19/02 ITEM ONE- NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. & ART CUEVAS, INDIV. 7406 83RD ST LUBBOCK TX TE0039B 1292 TE0040A 0398 , DRLI TE9960A 1187 . COVERAGE IS PROVIDED IN THE AGENCY P SECURITY NATIONAL INS COMPANY 0103732 00__" AGENT - BLEDSOE INSURANCE AGENCY INC _ PO BOX 65028 LUBBOCK TX 79424 79464 92 , PREMIUM FOR ENDORSEMENTS $11 ESTIMATED TOTAL PREMIUM $6531.00 i i i R i >Ai ADDITIONAL INSURED PAGE 3 OF 6 v omni AND CMAM I%wuNa Gtr - BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM DECLARATION * * * EFFECTIVE 08/19/01 RENEWAL OF POLICY TCA 2988079 POLICY NUMBER FROM TO POLICY PERIOD COVERAGE IS PROVIDED IN THE AGENCY P TCA 2988079 05 08/19/01 08/19/02 SECURITY NATIONAL INS COMPANY 0103732 00 ITEM ONE- NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS AGENT ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. BLEDSOE INSURANCE AGENCY INC & ART CUEVAS, INDIV. PO BOX 65028 7406 83RD ST LUBBOCK TX LUBBOCK TX 79424 1 79464 AUTO 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 019 PIP ADDED UNINSURED MOTORIST LIMITS UNDERINSURED MOTORIST LIMITS PREM PIP CSL OR BI* PD LIMIT* PREMIUM CSL OR BI* PD LIMIT* PREMIUM $17 500 INCL $89 500 INCL INCL $17 500 INCL $89 500 INCL INCL $17 500 INCL $89 500 INCL INCL $17 500 INCL $17 500 INCL $89 500 $89 500 INCL INCL INCL INCL MEDICAL PAYMTS COMPREHENSIVE COLLISION TOWING SPECIFIED .SC;H6JLJL6 UY c;UVZXZJ AUTOS YOU OWN PREM PREMIUM 010 $1 $609 Oil $1 $609 COST STATED CHANGE JAUTO ST TER YR DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER AGE SYM CLASS AMOUNT DATE 010 TX 010 92 GMC PU 7594 $1 4 14900 01499 08/19/01 O11 TX 010 84 CHEV FLTBED PU 6962 71 4 01499 08/19/01 012 TX 010 81 CHEV FLATBED TR 3049 4 01499 08/19/01 013 TX 010 94 SHOPMADE TRLR 5032 4 68499 08/19/01 014 TX 010 84 CHEV PU 3735 4 01499 08/19/01 015 TX 010 86 FORD PU 9893 4 01499 08/19/01 016 TX 010 84 SHOPMADE TRLR TBD 4 68499 08/19/01 019 TX 010 95 DIAMOND TRAILER 46UFU202251038975 4 68499 08/19/01 ,AUTO SIZE PRIMARY FACTORS SECOND LIMITS OF LIABILITY RAD USE SEAT LIAB COLL OTC FACT CSL OR BI* PD LIMIT* PREMIUM 010 LC SER L 1.00 1.00 1.00. 0.00 500 INCL $502 011 LC SER L 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 500 INCL— $502 012 LC SER L 1.00 0.00 500 INCL $502 013 LC TL 0.14 0.00 500 INCL $70 014 LC SER L 1.00 0.00 500 INCL $502 015 LC SER L 1.00 0.00 500 INCL $502 P-016 LC TL 0.14 0.00 500 INCL $70 019 LC TL 0.14 0.00 500 INCL $70 AUTO 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 019 PIP ADDED UNINSURED MOTORIST LIMITS UNDERINSURED MOTORIST LIMITS PREM PIP CSL OR BI* PD LIMIT* PREMIUM CSL OR BI* PD LIMIT* PREMIUM $17 500 INCL $89 500 INCL INCL $17 500 INCL $89 500 INCL INCL $17 500 INCL $89 500 INCL INCL $17 500 INCL $17 500 INCL $89 500 $89 500 INCL INCL INCL INCL MEDICAL PAYMTS COMPREHENSIVE COLLISION TOWING SPECIFIED MISC TOTAL AUTO LIMIT PREM DED PREM DED PREM LIM PREM PREM PREM PREMIUM 010 $1 $609 Oil $1 $609 012 $1 $609 013 $1 $71 014 $1 $609 015 5 $1 $609 01 $1 $71 019 $1 $71 71 * — LIMITS SHOWN IN THOUSANDS UNIIRIN PROPERW um CASUAM INSURANCE GROUP DECLARATION ITIONAL INSURED BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM * * * EFFECTIVE 08/19/01 RENEWAL OF POLICY_ TCA 298807 POLICY NUMB` A POLICY PERIOD FROM TO TCA 2988079 0.5 08/19/01 08/19/02 ITEM ONE- NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. & ART CUEVAS, INDIV. 7406 83RD ST LUBBOCK TX COVERAGE IS PROVIDED IN THE I I AGENCY I P SECURITY NATIONAL INS COMPANY 10-1037321001---_ AGENT BLEDSOE INSURANCE AGENCY INC PO BOX 65028 LUBBOCK TX 79424 I` NM '1'klhZri- bL;hLvuijz yr l.vvznr,U tiulva Svu vwll _ COST AUTO ST TER YR DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER AGE SYM CLASS 020 TX 010 00 GMC SUBURBAN 4273 2 36000 01499 021 TX 010 97 FORD F350 PU 6845 4 29000 01499 022 TX 010 00 WAIVER OF SUBRO 1 AT $37. 2 7040 023 TX 010 95 FORD F350 1710 4 20000 01499 AUTO RAD USE 020 LC SER 021 LC SER 022 023 LC SE AUTO 020 021 022 023 PIP PREM $17 $17 $17 79464 STATED CHANG AMOUNT DATr; 08/19/01 08/19/0 08/19/0- 08/19/01 R SIZE PRIMARY FACTORS SECOND LIMITS OF LIABILITY SEAT LIAB COLL OTC FACT CSL OR BI* PD LIMIT* PREMIUM L 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 500 INCL $50 L 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 500 INCL $50 500 INCL $3, L 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 500 INCL $502 ADDED UNINSURED MOTORIST LIMITS UNDERINSURED MOTORIST LIMITS PIP CSL OR BI PD LIMIT PREMIUM CSL OR BI PD, LIMIT PREMIUM * * * * 500 INCL $89 500 INCL INCT- 500 INCL $89 500 INCL INC, 500 INCL $89 500 INCL INCL MEDICAL PAYMTS COMPREHENSIVE COLLISION TOWING SPECIFIED MISC TOTA_ AUTO LIMIT PREM DED PREM DED PREM LIM PREM PREM PREM PREMIUM 020 250 $397 $169 $1 $117 021 100 $171 250 $309 $1 $108 022 $37 023 100 $92 250 $204 $1 $905. * - LIMITS SHOWN IN THOUSANDS 0 MEDICAL PAYMTS COMPREHENSIVE COLLISION TOWING SPECIFIED MISC TOTA_ AUTO LIMIT PREM DED PREM DED PREM LIM PREM PREM PREM PREMIUM 020 250 $397 $169 $1 $117 021 100 $171 250 $309 $1 $108 022 $37 023 100 $92 250 $204 $1 $905. * - LIMITS SHOWN IN THOUSANDS 0 * - LIMITS SHOWN IN THOUSANDS 0 .UNIIRIN PAGE 5 OF 6 .,,"UrOMCMAMIMRJaCROUP BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM DECLARATION * * * EFFECTIVE 08/19/01 RENEWAL OF.POLICY TCA 2988079 POLICY NUMBER FROM TO POLICY PERIOD COVERAGE IS PROVIDED IN THE AGENCY P -TCA 2988079 05 08/19/01 08/19/02 SECURITY NATIONAL INS COMPANY 0103732 00 ITEM ONE— NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS AGENT ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. BLEDSOE INSURANCE AGENCY INC & ART CUEVAS, INDIV. PO BOX 65028 7406 83RD ST LUBBOCK TX LUBBOCK TX 79424 1 79464 P-rW f L9i1TTD- Lr T -TL r%r?r " A" ---- LIABILITY COVERAGE RATING BASIS, COST OF HIRE -TATE ESTIMATED COST OF RATE PER $100 FACTOR (IF LIAB. PREMIUM HIRE FOR EACH STATE COST OF'HIRE COV. IS PRIMARY) TX IF ANY 13.886 $26 TOTAL ITEM FOUR LIABILITY PREMIUM $26 IST OF HIRE MEANS THE TOTAL AMOUNT YOU INCUR FOR THE HIRE OF "AUTOS" YOU DO NOT v�7N (NOT INCLUDING "AUTOS" YOU BORROW OR RENT FROM YOUR PARTNERS, YOUR EMPLOYEES, OR THEIR FAMILY MEMBERS). COST OF HIRE DOES NOT INCLUDE CHARGES FOR SERVICES PERFORMED BY MOTOR CARRIERS OF PROPERTY OR PASSENGERS ,.TEM FIVE- SCHEDULE FOR NON OWNERSHIP LIABILITY 'NAME INSUREDS BUSINESS RATING BASIS ESTIMATED NUMBER PREMIUM 1'HER THAN SOCIAL NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES 0-25 $41 'zERVICE AGENCY TOTAL PREMIUM ITEM FIVE $41 'EXCEPT FOR TOWING, ALL PHYSICAL DAMAGE LOSS IS PAYABLE TO YOU AND THE LOSS -PAYEE MED BELOW AS INTERESTS MAY APPEAR AT THE TIMEOF LOSS - AUTO LOSS PAYEE AUTO LOSS PAYEE . 020 PEOPLES BANK 021 FIRST STATE BANK OF ABILENE 1 5820 82ND ST PO BOX 6429 LUBBOCK TX 79424 ABILENE TX 79608 23 PEOPLES BANK 5820 82ND ST LUBBOCK TX 079424 **** A D D I T I O N A L I N S U R E D **** TO ADDL INSURED AUTO ADDL INSURED 00 CITY OF LUBBOCK 000 MACERICK CO PO BOX 2000 PO BOX 68208 LUBBOCK TX 79457 LUBBOCK TX 79414 1 UNITRIN PAMUlY AND G15 AM WSURAN= GROUP DECLARATION ADD I T I C.1 BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM * * * EFFECTIVE 08/19/01 RENEWAL.OF POLICY TCA 29880') POLICY NUMBER POLICY PERIOD FROM TO TCA 2988079 05 08/19/01 08/19/02 ITEM ONE- NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. & ART CUEVAS, INDIV. 7406 83RD ST LUBBOCK TX 000 RPS ATTN: DANIELLE 1000 RPS DR COVERAGE IS PROVIDED IN THE AGENCY P SECURITY NATIONAL INS COMPANY 0103732 0n AGENT BLEDSOE INSURANCE AGENCY INC PO BOX 65028 LUBBOCK TX 79424 MOON TOWNSHIP PA 15108 CITY OF LUBBOCK LUBBOCK TX DAYS 30 MACERICK CO LUBBOCK TX WAIVER OF SUBROGATION PO BOX 2000 NOTICE OFCANCELLATION PO BOX 68208 79464 79457 79414 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE t � '" DATE 07/12/01 STATEMENTN T OF A C C O U N T --- TOTAL PREMIUM DUE........... $6,531.00 THANK YOU FOR LETTING US SERVE YOU TCA2988079 0507 _ACCOUNT CURRE71 ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INI, a & ART CUEVAS, INDIV. AMOUNT DUE 08/19/01 $6,531.0 PLEASE MAKE CHECK OR MONEY OR:� PAYABLE TO AND MAIL TO — BLEDSOE INSURANCE AGENCY IN, -7 PO BOX 65028 LUBBOCK TX i 2 CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental "'°"' entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 -point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: 2 11 REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE �• "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512)440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the ` duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; "* (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and r*+ (H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 3 H U Q F- Z O U CONTRACT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 30th day of August. 2001 by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION INC. of the City of LUBBOCK, County of LUBBOCK and the State of TEXAS hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: BID #182-01/RS - MAE SIMMONS OUTREACH CENTER RENOVATIONS -$95,695.89 and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. ATTEST: Secretary A OVED AaNTENT: Owner's lRepresentative APPROVED AS TO FORM: ,4,`,'4�( , Ao-� City Attorney ATTEST: Corporate Secretary No CONTRACTOR: ART CU AS CONSTRUCTION, INC. By: PRINTED NAME: 4pl— TITLE: Pa,--S, f) E✓1 COMPLETE ADDRESS`. ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION, INC. 740683 RO STREET LUBBOCK, TX 79424 r•�s GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 1. OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co- partnership or corporation, to wit ART CUEVAS CONSTRUCTION. INC. who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative GEORGE LISENBE BUILDING & ENERGY ADMINISTRATOR so designated who will inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, ^�^ supervisors or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". 5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required, "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the party who gives the notice. 8. CONTRACTOR'S. RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence,. labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be, responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe.the progress or quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever Owner's Representative deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as .provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION Poo, It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said P" material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish ail reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, ail satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and Contractor. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection J9" of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the •� Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be r-+ approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor -- - shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any ^^ observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its RPM completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without �.. approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the 'Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 4 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen; �,.., timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." 5 No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C)(1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of • any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of �* work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, 6 are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver.. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its.sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City of Lubbock as an additional insured, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide to the owner all proof of coverage insurance documents including workers compensation coverage for each subcontractor. A. General Liability Insurance The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $500,000.00 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include: Premises and Operations Explosion & Collapse Hazard Underground Damage Hazard Products & Completed Operations Hazard Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Coverage Personal Injury Advertising Injury B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, 0.00 Combined Single Limit. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution. C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than; Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $500.000.00 Combined Single Limit, to include all owned and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job 7 0 R"^ and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance. The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0% of the total contract price (100% of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured. E. Umbrella Liability Insurance The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $0 on all contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages. F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500.000.00. 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC- 83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. 3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. 5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and 0 (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project andfor one year thereafter. 7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance 9 r Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. G. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) The name and address of the insured. The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. A Contractor shall: (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; 10 h (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or �^ materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512/440-3789 to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage;" and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, ' to: provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees,of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions."; (iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and 11 (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (i) -(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURMSHERS OF MACHINERY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (5) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain unpaid, in addition to any statutory retainage rights it may have, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such indebtedness. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative prior to bidding. e, 12 i 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. ^^ The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 33. SUBCONTRACTING The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as provided by the contract documents. 34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $0 ZERO) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach. IT 1S FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. ,-R 35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that 13 when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived. 37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its officers, agents and 14 employees, against an ,arising from or. Y and all claims Or growing out of the damages due to 40. PRICE FOR Performance any mlury to any ad or . WORK of this contract. adjacent adjoining property, related In consideration the Contractor, aOf the furnishing Of all the Contract on the delivery necessary labor, and sti ry Of all materials equipment and bid proposal attached herein col mate embraced in this material and receive such d hereto d, the contract in the completion Y Arne in full for ' which has been Ownef agrees to►I conforrr�i °f all expenses incurred b furnishin +Wade a part of this Pay the ty with the work by .. and according y COntractor andgorll materials and contract, Contractor the price set forth in the i Owner g t0 this agree well and tial all Of required f and the Contractor 's Representative. agreement the attached s y Pertor °r the afore hereby agrees to pecifrcations ming the same and the said work, also 41. PAYMENTS ,plans, contract documents thereof in the a�► ments and requirements quirements of No payments made contract, either or Certificates work. wholly or in given shall be considered Contractor shat! Part, nor shall as conclusive Representative at anY timer any Certif►Cate or evidence With the w►th a verifying equested Burin payment be considered Of the performance showing of the are no outstandin ga Payment is wing the Contractor's tot work furnish the Ptance of defective Contractor g )lens a made, Contractors al outstandin Owner or Owner's agents and Of final payment Owner's premises b hall satis g indebtedness in employe of the contract Y reason Owner, by affidavit connection P gees, which have pr►Ce shall consfitutef anY work under Or otherwise, 42. not theretofore a waiver the contract, rw�Se' that there PARTIAL P been time) Of all claims a Acceptance by —��AY--MEI Y filed as provided in this against wner, Owner's On or before the tenth da for partial payment tenth y of each month the determine the > if the Contractor Contractor shall sub payment if submitted, to be does not s mit to miffed partially paid submit such a Owner's Representative an a Prepare a , and the progress Owner's Re ppl�cation, the certificate for of the Presentative Owner's Re application Contractor up to and ince Partial Payment showing a made b shall revie presentative shall the Owner's Y the Contractor w said application for Representative g the last da gas complete( and if fou partial Y of the Precedin y as practical the total value to be in order, shall be in accordance with Paragraph month. shall The Owner shall then The determination of the work done b Owner`s Representative's the Contractor aragraph 14 hereof. °f the Y the presentative` partial payment by retained until final s Certificate Contractor r on °r before the fifteenth da Owner under the payment, and Parti Payment, less ° Y of the current terms of the furthe�oess all previous pa me° °f the month the total amount of the contract Y nts amount thereof, which ° Any partial ments. and all further 5 �° shall be enforce the payment made hereunder sums that May enforce express terms of the shall not Y be retained by Performed, to be contract documents Partial performed and/or ments, and waver by the Payment is attributable. materials all remedies Owner o f any and delivered hereunder, provided therein all other rights I SUBSTANTIAL C includin as to an 9hts to OMPLETiON g, but limited to, Y and all work work to which said Contractor shag working days give Owner's Representative written s the y completed, the given the notice of substantial com work be found to Owners Re Representative Representative Pletion. Representative be substantial) A entative and/or the written that the thi the issuance shall issue to the y completed in Owner notice that the _One (31) of a certificate Owner and accordance shall inspect the work has been the work within the time °f substantial co Contractor a certificteh the contract work and within Provided in this completion, Of substantial corn ments, the said tune, contract. ' C°ntractor shalt Owner s FINAL COIMPLETIO Proceed with diligent 'Notwithstanding N AND Pgy[VIENT Bence to finally complete 15 The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final .� completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion, Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or warranties implied by law or otherwise. 45. CORRECTION OF WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's Representative. 46. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify ++ the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor. (d) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by Contractor. - 48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the 16 r 61 written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required. After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, _., equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case �•, of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall •on have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to 17 i the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners. The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth. 49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the project which is the subject matter of this contract. 50. BONDS V The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the P^ amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. All bonds shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS PM In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 54. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus 18 materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute.Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5) days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied. In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage, disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos. No Text i RE: RESOLUTION NO. 6262, ITEM NO. 39, APRIL 8, 1999 EXHIBIT A City of Lubbock Building Construction Trades Prevailing Rates s. Craft Hourly Rate Acoustical Ceiling Installer 11.50 Air Conditioner Installer 12.50 Air Conditioner Installer-Helper 6.25 Asbestos Worker 9.00 Asbestos Supervisor 12.50 Bricklayer 12.50 Bricklayer-Helper 7.00 Carpenter 11.00 Carpenter-Helper 7.00 Cement Finisher 8.00 Drywall Hanger 11.00 - Electrician 13.75 Electrician-Helper 7.00 Equipment Operator-Heavy 9.50 Equipment Operator-Light 8.50 Floor Installer 9.50 Glazier 10.50 Insulator-Piping/Boiler 11.50 Insulator-Helper 7.00 Iron Worker 11.00 Laborer-General 6.00 Mortar Mixer 6.00 Painter 9.50 Plumber 12.50 Plumber-Helper 7.00 Roofer 9.00 Roofer-Helper 7.00 Sheet Metal Worker 10.00 Sheet Metal Worker-Helper 7.00 Welder-Certified 11.00 1 EXHIBIT B Paving and Highway Construction Prevailing Wage Rates Craft Hourly Rate Asphalt Heaterman 9.00 Asphalt Shoveler 6.00 Concrete Finisher 8.00 Concrete Finisher -Helper 7.00 Electrician 12.00 Flagger 6.00 Form Setter 7.00 Form Setter -Helper 6.25 Laborer -General 6.00 Laborer -Utility 6.75 Mechanic 8.00 Mechanic -Helper 7.00 Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Paving Machine 7.75 Bulldozer 8.00 Concrete Paving Machine 7.75 Front End Loader 7.25 Heavy Equipment Operator 8.00 Light Equipment Operator 7.25 Motor Grader Operator 9.50 Roller 6.75 Scraper 7.25 Tractor 725 Truck Driver -Light 6.50 Truck Driver -Heavy 7.00 N EXHIBIT C Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. EXHIBIT D PM Prevailing Wage Rates Legal Holiday Rate The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the fair Labor Standards Act. ; 3 No Text PROJECT BOOK City of Lubbock Renovations to Mae Simmons Outreach Center Lubbock, Texas 24t' Street and Weber Drive June 2001 CHA, Inc. Project 0108 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. 612 Broadway Lubbock, Texas 79401 806-749-1153 City of Lubbock _ ���ED �#CG. �.► Renovations to Mae Simmons Outreach Center Lubbock, Texas' City of Lubbock Project No. 905-90091 115as June 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Architects -Engineers CHA, Inc. Project 0108 Table of Contents Bidding Requirements and Conditions of the Contract Provided by the City of Lubbock, Purchasing Department Division 1 General Requirements 01010 Summary of Work 01040 Coordination and Meetings 01090 Reference Standards 01300 Submittals 01400 Quality Control 01500 Construction Facilities F 01600 Material and Equipment 01700 Contract Closeout Division 2 Site Work 02050 Demolition Division 3 Concrete 03300 Concrete Work Division 4 Masonry 04300 Unit Masonry System Division 5 Metals 05500 Metal Fabrications 05720 Handrail System „,.; TABLE OF CONTENTS TC - 1 Division 6 Wood and Plastic 06100 Rough Carpentry 06400 ' Architectural Millwork Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 07536 Modified Bitumen Roofing 07900 Joint Sealers Division 8 Doors and Windows 08115 Steel Doors and Frames 08211 Flush Wood Doors 08700 Finish Hardware 08800 Glazing Division 9 Finishes 09260 Gypsum Board Systems 09511 Suspended Acoustical Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09900 Painting Division 10 Specialties 10440 Signs Division 11 Equipment Not Used Division 12 Furnishings Not Used Division 13 Special Construction Not Used Division 14 Conveying Systems Not Used Division 15 Mechanical 15010 General Mechanical Provisions 15020 Testing 15060 Piping 15250 Insulation 15400 Plumbing 15650 Air Conditioning 15804 Ventilating 15840 Ductwork TABLE OF CONTENTS TC -2 TC -3 15870 Grilles, Registers and Ceiling Diffusers Division 16 Electrical 16010 General Electrical Provisions 16110 Raceways G : 16120 Conducts 16130 Boxes and Fittings ""' 16134 Panelboards 16140 Wiring Devices 16170 Switches and Fuses 16500 Lighting TABLE OF CONTENTS TC -3 A. Assist the contractor in maintaining job site safety by instructing City employees, Mae Simmons Swimming Pool users and personnel, and site visitors of the potential dangers at the site. B. Provide access for the contractor to portions of the existing site as may be required for this project including access to the pool pump room and fenced pump yard. C. Provide off street parking and storage space for contractor's employees, equipment, trash dumpster, and building materials. m 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-1 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK revised 6-21-00 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work covered by Contract Documents. B. Owner's responsibilities. C. Contractor's use of site and premises. D. Owner occupancy of the facility. E. Project completion time. 1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this project includes all items shown and/or described in the bid documents for the building renovation. City of Lubbock is providing and administrating project funds. B. All installed work shall be in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and Texas Accessibility Standards. C. New construction includes new entrance doors, new HVAC system, interior cleaning, new modified bitumen roof, painting, interior masonry restoration, new interior finishes, new lighting, and related miscellaneous work. D. The scope of work also includes the erection of contractor provided temporary construction barriers at the site. E. Alternates: There are no alternates in this contract. F. Contractor to pay all associated costs: including, but not limited to frontage fees, connection fees, meter fees, plan review fees, temporary utility fees, and dump fees. 1.4 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Assist the contractor in maintaining job site safety by instructing City employees, Mae Simmons Swimming Pool users and personnel, and site visitors of the potential dangers at the site. B. Provide access for the contractor to portions of the existing site as may be required for this project including access to the pool pump room and fenced pump yard. C. Provide off street parking and storage space for contractor's employees, equipment, trash dumpster, and building materials. m 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-1 > 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Limit the use of site and premises to allow: 1 Owner occupancy. 2. Work by others. 3. Use of site and adjacent building g Premises. 1.6 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. The City of Lubbock will occu py the site construction for the conduct of normal operat adjacent buildings durit, g the entire period of B. Mae Simmons Swimming Pool's open to the public seven days a we ek, 1:00 to 6:00 pm. Children's Wee Care program at the pool is MWF 9:30 to 11:30 am. C. Cooperate with owner to minimize conflict 1 • Temporary interruptions must be scheduled aatlleast 48 hours in advlitate Owner's ions. _ architect or Owner's representative. 2. � advance with the The adjacent facilities are not to be without utility service for an this project. ty 3 • Maintain a clear path for emergency vehicles at all times.Y Period of time due to D Schedule the work to accommodate these requirements. •� E. Contractor is responsible for the safety of visitors to the Outreach Ce of the west pool boundaries that are shared with the out Center. .�, Centerjob site and the vicinity 1.7 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. There is not a contingency g Y allowance in this project. 1.8 PROJECT COMPLETION TIME A.The entire scope of work included in this contract and described herein shall reach substantial completion within the number of calendar days submitted in the proposal. B. See Article 8.1 of the General Conditions for definition of Worm Da C. See Article 8.2 of the General Conditions for computation of Contract c Time. D. See Article 8.3 of the General Conditions for claims for extension of Contract Time. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION m 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication Prohibited. SUMMARY OF WOE 01010-2 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination. B. Renovation project procedures. C. Existing conditions. D. Pre -Construction conference. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. A separate project schedule shall be provided by the contractor. C. Do not commence work at the site, until all of the materials and equipment to be incorporated into the project are on the site or within one day of delivery to the site. D. The contractor shall schedule and coordinate the work so that once Notice to Proceed is given and work commences, the work will progress continually without interruption until the work at the site is substantially completed. E. Contractor shall coordinate completion and clean up of work in preparation for substantial completion. F. Contractor shall coordinate all construction activities and storage of materials with the architect, city, and property representatives so as to minimize disruption of activities at the sites. The facilities shall continue their daily activities throughout the life of this contract. 1.4 RENOVATION PROJECT PROCEDURES A. Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B. Remove, cut, and patch work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide a means of restoring products and finishes to original condition. C. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. Patched work to match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance. Notify architect if conditions will not allow an acceptable transition. © 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01040-1 i D. When finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to the architect. 1.5 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Damage to existing systems: Whether exposed or concealed, any piping (such as piping for gas, water, waste, vent, drainage, sewer, heating, or cooling systems, etc.) or wiring (such as wiring for electric lighting, power, public address, telephone, or signalling systems, etc.) which is encountered during the construction period and becomes damaged shall be repaired or replaced at contractor's expense. Only life and property threatening conditions may be repaired prior to a fully executed field order. B. If interior finishes must be disturbed in order to complete exterior renovations, fully explore all interior conditions for a complete understanding of what will be involved prior to starting work. Contractor will be responsible for cost beyond the work shown and noted in the bid documents. 1.6 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Attendance: After award of contract and prior to start of construction, contractor's direct representative, major subcontractors, owner's employees responsible for project, architects and engineers shall attend conference. Time and location as mutually agreed. B. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner -Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of subcontractors, list of products, Schedule of Values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties in contract. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Use of premises by owner and contractor. 8. Owner's requirements. 9. Security and housekeeping procedures. 10. Project Schedules. 11. Procedures for maintaining record documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION O 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 01040-2 PARTI GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance. B. Schedule of references. C. Adherence to accessibility standards. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions: Reference Standards. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of contract documents. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by contract documents. D. Should specified reference standards conflict with contract documents, request clarification from architect before proceeding. E. The contractual relationship of the parties to the contract shall not be altered from the contract documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.5 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AA Aluminum Association AABC Associated Air Balance Council AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute -ADA Americans with Disabilities Act m 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. REFERENCE STANDARDS Unauthorized duplication prohibited. 01090-1 ADC Air Diffusion Council AGA American Gas Association AGC Associated General Contractors of America AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association .m ARI Air -Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ^* ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association �. BHMA Builder's Hardware Manufacturer Association BIA Brick Institute of America CDA Copper Development Association CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission • CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute DHI Door and Hardware Institute EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association REFERENCE, STANDARDS 01090-2 FM Factory Mutual System FS Federal Specification GA Gypsum Association ICBO International Conference of Building Officials IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association. ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NECA National Electrical Contractor Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NPCA National Paint and Coating Association NRCA National Roofing Contractor Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PS Product Standard RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' Association SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090-3 TAS Texas Accessibility Standards TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute "^ WWPA Western Wood Products Association a WWPA Woven Wire Products Association PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION � 3.1 The general contractor and all sub -contractors constructin installing, Project shall provide and/or install building components that comply with theseismg materials for this standards. 3.2 Special attention shall be given to Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) criteria. The contractors shall make themselves knowledgeable criteria and shall comply with the latest adopted version ) Texas Accessibility of these standards and acs. ADA and TAS END OF SECTION REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090-4 �*a SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal procedures. B. Schedule of Values. C. Construction Progress Schedules. D. Application for Payment. �* E. Shop drawings. F. Samples. G. Change Procedures. H. Manufacturer's instructions. -_.. 1. Manufacturer's certificates. �-a J. Submittal Schedule. K. AIA Form G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment. L. AIA Form G703 - Continuation Sheet. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Contract warranty and closeout submittals. �* 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with AIA Form G810 or contractor's standard preprinted transmittal form. Identify the project title, project number, numbers of copies submitted, notice of deviation from contract documents and any other pertinent data. B. Sequentially number the transmittal forms. C. Identify project, contractor, subcontractors or supplier; pertinent drawing sheet and detail number(s), and specification section number, as appropriate. PD. Coordinate and schedule submittals to expedite the project. SUBMITTALS 01300-1 E. Deliver all copies of the submittals to the architect's business address. 1.5 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Using AIA Form G703 - Application and Certificate for Payment, Continuation Sheet, submit Schedule of Values to Architect. B. Submit Schedule of Values within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. Provide two copies. C. Use the Table of Contents to establish Schedule of Values format. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification section. D. Include in each line item any amount of Allowances specified in the project. E. Include within each line item Contractor's overhead and profit. F. Each application, revise schedule to list approved Change Orders to date. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed for architect's review. B. Revise and resubmit as required. C. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version. D. Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. E. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early and late finish, float dates, and duration. F. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of work at each submission. G. Indicate submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, samples, and product delivery dates, including those furnished by owner and under allowances. 1.7 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit three copies of each application on AIA Form G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet. B. Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. C. Payment period to be as defined in Owner -Contractor Agreement. D. Include one copy of waiver of liens from each subcontractor. 1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings with all product literature, cut sheets, and photographs in a bound format. SUBMITTALS 01300-2 B. Submit the number of copies which the contractor requires, plus three copies which will be retained by the architect and owner. The architect will deliver two copies to owner for their review and comment. �** C. Mark in GREEN INK each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this project. The architect's review comments will be in RED INK. D. Apply contractor's stamp, signed, or initialed certifying that review, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the work and contract documents. Submittals delivered to the architect for review that have not been stamped and initialed will be returned without review. E. Identify variations from contract documents and product or system limitations which may be +*�+ detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. F. Provide space for architect's review stamps. G. Revise and resubmit shop drawings as required, identify all changes made since previous submittal. H. Distribute copies of reviewed and approved shop drawings to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. I. Provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.9 SHOP DRAWING REVIEW A. The architect shall affix a stamp upon the submittal with appropriate wording stating if submittal is accepted, accepted with noted revisions, revise and re -submit, or rejected. Rejected submittals are to be completely re -worked, assigned a new submittal number, and submitted as a new submittal. B. The architect shall provide copies of the submittal to the owner for the owner's review at the same time the architect is reviewing shop drawings. C. The contractor shall not begin work or order Material for which a submittal is required until a submittal has been stamped accepted or accepted with noted revisions and returned to the contractor. D. Schedule submissions at least 14 working days before date reviewed submittal will be needed. The architect shall be allowed 14 working days for each submittal review. E. The architect shall notify the contractor when submittals are reviewed and ready for inclusion into the project. F. The architect shall review the same shop drawing submittal no more than two times. If more than two submittals are required in order to achieve an accepted submittal, the contractor shall be charged $100.00 per hour for each review beyond the initial two. The architect's review fee shall be paid by the contractor in full prior to the release of the accepted shop drawings. w•* SUBMITTALS 01300-3 r r r 1.10 SAMPLES A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral Parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing with work. B. Submit samples of finishes from the full range of manufacturers' standard colors or in custom colors selected, textures, and patterns for architect's selection. C. Include identification on each sample, with full project information. D. Submit the number or samples specified in individual specification sections. Provide at least two copies of each item being submitted for review and selection. These copies will not be returned. E. Reviewed samples which may be used in the work are indicated in individual specification sections. 1.11 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. The Architect may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications and a change in Contract Time for executing the change. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate withing seven days. B. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting request for change to the Architect; describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01600. C. Architect may issue a directive, on AIA form G713 Construction Change Directive signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work, and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. Promptly execute the change. D. Architect will issue Change Orders, using AIA G701 - Change Order, for signatures of all parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. 1.12 MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for product data. B. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and contract documents. 1.13 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to architect for review, in quantities specified for product data. B. Indicate that material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. SUBMITTALS 01300-4 ,r C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to architect. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION MR FIR SUBMITTALS 01300-5 O 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-1 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS t A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. rte+ 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation. B. References. C. Field samples. D. Inspection and testing laboratory services. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01090 - Reference Standards. B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submission of Manufacturers' Instructions and Certificates. C. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Requirements for material and product quality. D. Individual Specification Sections: Inspections and tests required and standards for testing. s* 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and F° > workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. } Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with contract documents, request clarification from architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. e E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. O 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-1 r 1.5 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of contract documents. B. Obtain copies of standards when required by contract documents. C. Should specified reference standards conflict with contract documents, request clarification from architect before proceeding. D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the contract shall not be altered from the contract documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. E. ANSI/ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials Used in Construction. 1.6 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications sections for review. B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the work. C. Where field sample is specified in individual sections to be removed, clear area after field sample has been accepted by architect. 1.7 OWNER'S INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Owner may employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory or owner may use its own personnel and facilities to perform inspection and testing laboratory services. B. If the results provided by the Owner's laboratory differ from the contractor's laboratory report, the owner's laboratory shall be final. C. Work found to be unsatisfactory according to test results, shall be removed from the project and re -constructed at contractor's expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The contractor shall employ and pay for a reputable testing laboratory to perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification sections and as required by the architect. B. The testing laboratory shall be submitted to the architect for review and acceptance two weeks prior to the first sampling of construction materials. 1. Submittal shall provide years of experience qualifications and certificates of owners, and name lab representative who will be responsible for this project. C. Reports will be submitted directly to the architect from laboratory, in duplicate, indicating observations and results of test and indicating compliance or non-compliance with contract documents. Copies of reports shall also be sent to the contractor for his use. D. Cooperate with testing laboratory: furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 1. Notify testing laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-2 2. Make arrangements with testing laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests r� required for contractor's use. E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by ►*� the same testing laboratory on instructions by the architect. Payment for retesting will be charged to the contractor by deducting inspection or testing charges from the contract sum. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION r- r�- © 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-3 e�+ SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work in this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sanitary Facilities: Contractor's employees, property owners' employees and public. B. Temporary Utilities: Electrical, water, sewer, gas and telephone. C. Field Offices: Services and size. D. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures and fencing, protection of the work, and water control. E. Construction Facilities: Parking, progress cleaning, and project signage. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. 1.4 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Existing facilities shall not be used by the construction crews. B. Arrange for and provide suitable temporary toilet facilities at the project site. Review proposed toilet facilities location and signage with architect prior to installation. 1.5 TEMPORARY UTILITIES b A. Contractor shall furnish and install all temporary piping and wiring required for construction. B. Contractor shall provide construction meter loop for temporary power and pay cost of electrical power used for construction. C. Contractor shall provide construction water and pay cost of water used for construction. D. Contractor shall provide all service equipment and gas required for construction. E. All temporary utility connections and distribution shall be approved by owner and respective local utility companies, and shall be removed by contractor at completion of construction. ._ © 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication Prohibited. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01500- 1 1.6 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. No temporary field office will be required at the project site. B. Contractor's job superintendent shall maintain an accurate set of construction documents and approved shop drawings at the site at all times. 1.7 BARRIERS A. Provide suitable barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas while still allowing access for owner's use of site. Protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage during construction operation and demolition. Type of barrier to be used will be at the discretion of the contractor and the circumstance involved. The contractor to submit proposed barrier for review and approval by owner. B. Protect vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. C. Clearly post warning signs all around the work site. Signs are to be secured to the barriers. D. Suitable barriers include durable solid partitions, chain-link fences, temporary dust and acoustic partitions and woven fabric. Suitable barriers do not include ropes or warning tape tied to saw horses or similar devices that can easily be bypassed. 1.8 WATER CONTROL A. Protect site from accumulating or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. 1.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in the immediate work area so as to minimize damage of installed work. 1.10 PROTECTION OF LANDSCAPING A. Prohibit traffic through landscaped areas. Damaged landscape shall be replaced at no cost to owner. B. Provide weight dissipating panels under all vehicle tires, tracks, stabilizing arms, and trailer tongues when traveling across or parked on lawns. C. Efforts shall be made to minimize travel on lawns or other landscaped areas. Repair damaged landscaping to an acceptable condition. 1.11 SECURITY A. Contractor shall provide security and facilities to protect work, existing facilities, and owner's operations directly adjacent to new construction from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. © 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01500-2 i B. The loss of building materials and/or equipment from the job site will be replaced with same at contractor's expense. C. Coordinate with owner's security program. 1.12 PARKING A. Arrange for temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. B. Coordinate with owner for owner's employee parking. C. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. 1.13 PROJECT SIGNAGE A. Contractor, sub -contractors, owner, and architect are to share one combined sign measuring no more than 4 feet wide and 8 feet high, mounted securely to sign posts. If the contractor wishes to share the sign, the owner shall review wording and location before sign is installed. B. Project sign is to be constructed of weather resistant material, submit sign material for review. C. Project signs are to remain in place until the project is complete. Remove signs only upon reaching substantial completion. 1.14 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Owner may authorize the use of a job sign. If so, this section applies. B. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean, orderly condition. Do not allow lawns or weeds to grow taller than six inches. C. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site weekly and dispose off-site. D. Do not allow hazardous conditions to develop or continue. This shall include lumber with un -pulled nails and concrete with projecting rebars. 1.15 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to substantial completion inspections. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. D. Remove all job signs, barriers, fences, controls and repair holes dug for posts. 1.16 HAUL ROUTE A. All materials, tools, equipment, etc. shall be transported along paths which avoid routes used by business patrons and property owners. 02001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01500-3 END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01500-4 PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED ; iz r� ® 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01500-4 SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary Pplement m'Y General Conditions apply to the work of this 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products. B. Transportation and handling. C. Storage and protection. D. Product options. E Substitutions. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Instruction to Bidders: Product options and substitution procedures. 1.4 PRODUCTS A. Products: Means new formol material, machine g the work. Does not include h- Components, equipment, fixtures, conveying, and erection of machinery and e and systems components re the work. Products may gmPment used for preparation, fabrication, required for salvage and reuse. y ASO include existing g materials or Do not reuse materials and equipment Permitted by the contract documents Pment removed from existing or as approved by the archi emtses, except as specifically C For similar components provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer. D. All materials are to be certified asbestos-free. 1.5 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accord B Promptly inspect shipments ance with manufacturer's instructions. correct, and Products are P assure that products comply P unY with requirements, quantities are C. Provide equipment to assure disfi and Personnel to handle products b gm'ement, or damage• y methods to prevent soiling, © 2001 Chapman HarveY Architects. Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600-1 LL 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: _ 1. Deliver materials, products and equipment to the project site in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original unopened containers or packaging with identify labels intact and legible. 2. Arrange deliveries in accordance with the construction schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation in order to avoid unnecessary delays in the construction process. B. Storage: 1. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight, climate • controlled enclosures. 2. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. 3. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. 4. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. P" 5. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well -drained area. Provide mixing with foreign matter. 6. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 7. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions. C. Handling: 1. Handle materials, products and equipment in a manner prescribed by the manufacturer or as required to protect from damage during storage and installation. 2. Do not handle material in such a way that may leave permanent scars, dents, impressions, cracks, or blemishes. 1.7 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products specified by reference standards or by description only: Any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products specified by naming one or more manufacturers with a provision for substitutions: u Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. "M"' 1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Instructions to bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period to requirements specified in this section. MR B. Substitutions may be considered after the bid date only when a product becomes unavailable through no fault to the contractor. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract documents. D. A request constitutes a representation that the contractor: 115 m 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600-2 1.9 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other work which may be required for the work to be complete with no additional cost to owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse for review or redesign services associated with re -approval by authorities. E. Will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the contract documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product's equivalence. 3. The architect, after consultation with owner, will notify contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject request. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION METHODS OPTIONS A. Where contract documents indicate no specific method of construction, the contractor shall employ standard industry practices. B. Where contract documents indicate a specific method of construction, the contractor shall employ the method indicated or, at his option, may submit a written request for an alternate method of construction. C. Architect/engineer will consider written requests for alternate construction methods, if received in time as to allow for review and return of such requests and for alternation to be made with no delay to total construction methods. See contract for total working days allowed. D. Submit separate requests for each alternate. Support each request with three copes of complete details and/or documentation for alteration. 1. Indicate changes of materials to be used. 2. Show significant effects of alterations to other affects of alterations to other affected areas. PART 2 PADT 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION © 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 016W - 3 sw © 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-1 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this .: Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout procedures. B. Final cleaning. C. Adjustments. rte, D. Project record documents. E. Operation and maintenance data. F. Warranties and Certificates. r� G. Spare parts and maintenance materials. H. Starting of systems. 1.3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that contract documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with contract documents and ready for architect's inspection. B. Final payment will be authorized only after all requirements of this section have been met, all punch list items have been completed and verified by the architect, updated record documents have been delivered to the architect, and complete operation and maintenance manuals have been delivered to the architect. Submit final application for payment identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 1.4 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. PM B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a new and sanitary condition. D. Replace all filters of operating equipment with new, clean filters. Provide owner with one I complete set of all filters required for all equipment. sw © 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-1 sir E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. F. Clean site; sweep paved areas and rake clean landscaped surfaces. G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 1.5 ADJUSTMENTS A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B. If adjustments cannot provide a smooth and unhindered operation, replace product with matching item that will operate correctly. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the work: 1. Contract drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change orders and other modifications to the contract. 5. Accepted shop drawings, product data, and samples. .•, B. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record information concurrent with construction progress. Do not wait to update Record Documents at the end of work, update as work progresses. D. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by addenda and modifications. r- E. Record documents and shop drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, showing any and all modifications, including: 1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish main floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the work. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Details not on original contract drawings. F. Submit Record Documents to architect prior to claim for final payment. Architect to transfer information to original drawings and deliver to owner. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit two complete sets of operation and maintenance data prior to final inspection. Information m^! is to be organized on 8-1/2 x 11 inch pages, bound in three ring binders with durable plastic covers. B. Prepare binder covers with printed title "Operation and Maintenance Instructions", title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. © 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2 I 1. Label multiple binders as "Volume I of 11" and Volume 11 of II", as appropriate. C. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below, with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. D. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified. E. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of architect, contractor, subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. F. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: 1. Significant design criteria. 2. List of equipment, make, model, and serial number. Verify that numbers are correct. 3. Parts list for each component. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 6. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. G. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: 1. All approved shop drawings and product data. 2. Hauling and dumping permits, receipts, and/or manifest. 3. Air and water balance reports. 4. Written statement certifying that all building materials installed in project are asbestos free. 5. Natural gas pressure test and certification. 6. Contractors' Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims. Use latest version of AIA Documents G706 and G706A. 7. Certificates issued by the architect; change orders, addenda, field reports, etc. 8. Photocopies of manufacturers' warranties and bonds. 9. General Contractor's and Sub -Contractors' warranties. 1.8 WARRANTIES AND CERTIFICATES A. Provide original warranties and certificates in a bound, 3 ring binder to the owner. Label the binder "Warranties and Certificates" with project name. B. Where specifications request warranties and certificates, provide such items requested. C. Provide required certifications requested by state and local governing agencies. D. The following are known Texas Department of Health required certificates, other certificates may be required. 1. Local Fire Marshal approval/acceptance of the building for occupancy. 2. Certification of medical gas systems installation and testing. 3. Certification of fire sprinkler system installation and testing. 4. Certification of fire alarm system. 5. Flame spread/smoke density ratings of carpets and vinyl wall coverings. 6. Manufacturer's statement that cubicle curtains are rendered flame retardant. © 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3 PRR 1.9 WARRANTIES A. Provide a written warranty on contractor's business letterhead stating that the building is warranted against defects in material and labor for a period of one year from date of final acceptance. B. Warranty letter shall also state that installed building components comply with the latest adopted version of the Texas Accessibility Standards and Americans with Disabilities Act. C. A letter of warranty shall be provided by the general contractor and each major sub -contractor. 1 Major sub -contractors are those who are responsible for a building system installed in the building. 1.10 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to project site and place in location as directed by owner and obtain receipt prior to final payment. 1.11 STARTING OF SYSTEMS A. Preparation: 1. Notify architect and owner seven days prior to start-up of each system. 2. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. 3. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. 4. Verify wiring and support components are complete and tested. 5. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's and owner's representatives in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. 6. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble shooting, servicing maintenance and shutdown of each piece of equipment to owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. 7. Amount of time to be devoted to instruction shall be reasonable and consistent with size of installation and its complexity. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED 0 2001 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. END OF SECTION CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-4 SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this . Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dust control. B. Protection. C. Availability of work areas. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The procedures proposed for the accomplishment of salvage and demolition work shall be submitted for approval. The procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, and coordination with other work in progress. The procedures shall include detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation, and the sequence of operations. 1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The work includes demolition or removal of existing construction indicated or specified. All materials resulting from demolition work, except as indicated or specified otherwise, shall become the property of the contractor and shall be removed from the limits of owner's property within five working days of dismantling. B. Maintain a clean and organized job site throughout the demolition phase of the work. C. Coordinate the removal of any security devices with the owner's security representative. D. Coordinate construction routes through existing, undisturbed portions of the facility with the architect prior to beginning demolition. 1.6 DUST CONTROL A. The amount of dust resulting from demolition shall be controlled to prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of the building and to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects. Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. DEMOLITION 02050-1 .A A Use of water will not be permitted when it will result in, or create, hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding and pollution. B. Maintain barriers until that portion of the project is complete. 1.7 PROTECTION A. Protection of Existing Work: Before beginning any demolition work, the contractor shall carefully survey the existing work and examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of the work. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to ensure against damage to existing work to remain in place, any damage to such work shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the owner. The contractor shall carefully coordinate the work of this section with all other work and construct and maintain shoring, bracing and supports, as required. B. Protection of Landscape: Landscape within the project site which might be damaged during demolition and which are indicated to be left in place shall be suitably protected. Any tree that is damaged during the work under this contract shall be replaced. C. Isolate demolition areas from occupied portions of the building with suitable barriers. Suitable barriers include those described in Section 01500, 1.7 Barriers and Part 2 of this section. 1.8 AVAILABILITY OF WORK AREAS A. Areas in which demolition work is to be accomplished will be available in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. Coordinate work with owner's activities. Restrict unauthorized access to the project site, unless other wise instructed by the architect. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 DUST BARRIERS A. Minimum of 12 mil polyethelene sheets adequately secured to supports with duct tapes, staples, cleats, nails, etc. Replace sheet if tears or holes can not be closed satisfactory. B. Provide an access door in dust barrier that can be locked or secured close. C. Brightly colored warning signs are to be attached to barrier and continually maintained throughout the life of the barrier. 2.2 FENCING A. Use a minimum of construction grade chain link fabric on a metal frame. Fencing may be modular panels secured together and to the adjacent material or metal stakes with fabric stretched across them. B. Provide an access gate suitable for personnel and equipment to pass through with can be locked or secured close. C. Brightly colored warning signs are to be attached to barrier and continually maintained throughout the life of the barrier. 0 June, OI Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. DEMOLITION 02050-2 © lune, OI Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. DEMOLITION02050 - 3 --- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING FACILITIES A. Existing Surfacing: Existing floors and wall surfaces are not to be damaged during demolition. Protect from damage with suitable measures. B. Other Facilities: Remove within the limits shown to a logical and straight termination as noted PM on the drawings. C. Temporary: Those materials noted to be temporarily removed, to allow access to areas affected by this work and then re -installed to match existing adjacent materials, shall be protected from damage and stored on site as directed. 3.2 DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS A. Title to Materials: Title to all materials and equipment to be demolished is vested in the contractor upon receipt of notice to proceed. Items noted to be salvaged shall be returned to the owner and stored as directed. �. B. Disposition: All materials resulting from demolition shall be disposed by the contractor in accordance with all applicable laws, codes, and ordinances. 3.3 CLEAN-UP .,, A. Debris and Rubbish: Debris and rubbish shall be removed from work sites on a regular basis.. Only by prior approval of the architect will debris and rubbish be allowed to accumulate on the site for more than a week. B. Debris Control: Debris shall be removed and transported in a manner as to prevent spillage on L_ .. streets or adjacent areas. C. The contractor is not permitted to use owner's refuse containers. D. Regulations: Applicable federal, state and local regulations regarding hauling and disposal apply. Provide copies of hauling and dumping permits, receipts, or manifest to architect. Include copies in operations and maintenance manual. E. Cleanliness of Site: Due to the high visibility of the site and potential danger to the public, maintaining a clean and safe site will be critical. '^ END OF SECTION P" © lune, OI Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. DEMOLITION02050 - 3 a Rev. June 20, 2001 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE WORK PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. " 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The extent of concrete work is shown on the drawings. B. Metal Stair Nosings. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02514 - Concrete Curbs, Walks, and Paving. B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provision of the following codes, specifications and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" 2. ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete" 3. ACI 311 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection" 4. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" 5. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Reinforced Concrete 6. MSP -1-90 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard. Practice" B. Workmanship: The contractor is responsible for correction of concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete as directed by the architect. • -Y C. Design and Testing 1. The contractor shall bear all expenses in connection with securing proper laboratory designed mixes. Mixes proposed for use in this project shall be tested by means of actual cylinder breaks, with all information being reported to the architect. A proven, established, mix from an acceptable ready -mix plant may be used. Provide a minimum of 5 recent different compression test reports for the proposed mix. D. Concrete Testing Service: Employ, at contractor's expense, a testing laboratory acceptable to r•� architect to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. 1. Job site cylinders shall be taken as directed by the architect. The contractor shall notify the testing laboratory. The laboratory shall come to the site and take the concrete ® lune, Ot Chapman Harvey Architects, Inca Unauthorized duplication prohibited. e CONCRETE WORK 03300-1 Rev. June 20, 2001 cylinders and be responsible for their care and handling, including breaking same at laboratory. 2. Test results shall be furnished to the architect, engineer, and the contractor. 3. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting, as directed by the architect, at any time during the progress of the work. Allow free access to material stockpiles and facilities at all items. Tests, not specifically indicated to be done at the owner's expense, including the retesting of the rejected materials and installed work, shall be done at the contractor's expense. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, patterns, stair nosings and others as requested by the architect. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structure" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required at openings through concrete structures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise shown or specified, construct all formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with plywood, metal, metal framed plywood -faced or other acceptable panel -type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on the Drawings. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of newly -placed concrete without bow or deflection. Fortes used for this class of concrete shall be new or good as new. B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS -1 "B -B (Concrete Form) Plywood" Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill -oiled and edgesealed, with each piece bearing legible trademark of an approved inspection agency, unless otherwise acceptable to architect. C. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. D. Earth Trench Forms: Earth trench type forming shall only be used where continuous type or square spot footings are shown on the drawings. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, except No. 3 ties and stirrups may be Grade 40. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, 6 x 6 - W2.1 x W2.1, welded steel fabric unless other wise noted. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK .03300-2 Rev. Tune 20, 2001 C. Dowels for load transfer in floors shall be plain steel bars conforming to ASTM A 675, Grade 60 or ASTM A 499. D. Supports for Reinforcement: 1. Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI, unless otherwise specified. Wood, brick, and other devices will not be acceptable. 2: For slab -on -grade, use supports with sand plates for horizontal runners where wetted base material will not support chair legs. 3. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are hot -dip galvanized, or plastic protected or stainless steel protected. t�- 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: 1. ASTM C 150, type I, unless otherwise acceptable to architect. 2. Use only one brand of cement throughout the project, unless otherwise acceptable to architect. B. Fine Aggregate: 1. Clean, sharp, natural sand free from loam, clay, lumps or other deleterious substances. 2. Dune sand, bank -run sand and manufactured sand are not acceptable. C. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33. Clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam or foreign matter as follows: 1. Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone. 2. Washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Use of pit or bank -run gravel is not permitted. r* 3. Provide aggregate from a single source for all exposed concrete. 4. Maximum Aggregate Size: a. Not larger than one-fifth of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms, one-third of the depth of slabs, nor three-fourths of the minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars of bundles or bars. b. The limitations may be waived if, in the judgement of the architect, workability and methods of consolidation are such that concrete can be placed without honeycomb of voids. D. Water: Clean, fresh, drinkable. E. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. F. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A, containing not more than 0.1 %A chloride ions. G. Set -Control Admixtures: ASTM C 494, as follows: 1. Type B, Retarding 2. Type C, Accelerating 3. Type D, Water -reducing and Retarding ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplicationprohibited. CONCRETE WORK 03300. - 3 Rev. June 20, 2001 4. Type E, Water -reducing and Accelerating H. Calcium chloride will not be permitted in concrete, unless otherwise authorized in writing by Architect. I. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C 494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1 % chloride ions. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers: Premolded cane fiber saturated with asphalt. Unless indicated otherwise, 1/2" thickness by depth of slab. B. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per square yard, complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. C. Moisture -Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. 1. Waterproof paper. 2. Polyethylene film. 3. Polyethylene -coated burlap. D. Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A. 1. Guardian Chemical Company, clear bond at the rate of 400 square feet to the gallon. E. Hardening, Sealing, and Dustproofing: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A. All exposed slabs not covered with tile on other applied surface finish shall receive second application where construction work is complete. 1. A second application of Guardian Chemical Company, Clear Bond at the rate of 600 square feet to the gallons over the curing compound cost. 2.5 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete in accordance with applicable provisions of ASTM C 94. Use and independent testing facility acceptable to the architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing unless otherwise acceptable to the architect. B. Prepare design mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the project for.each class of concrete required, complying with ACI 211.1. C. Submit written reports to the architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by the architect. D. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties, as indicated on the Drawings and schedules: 1. 3000 psi 28 -day compressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.58 maximum (non -air -entrained), 0.46 maximum (air entrained). E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by the contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, tests results, or other circumstances ® June, Ol Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK .03300-4 Rev. June 20, 2001 warrant, at no additional cost to the owner and as accepted by the architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by the architect before using in the work. 2.6 ADMIXTURES A. Use water -reducing admixture or high range water -reducing admixture (super plasticizer) in concrete as required for placement and workability. B. Use color admixture in concrete where noted and at pattern concrete locations. Submit color selection chart for approval. Color admixture is to be added at the mixing plant, not at the site. C. Use non -chloride accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 degrees F. D. Use air -entrained admixture in exterior exposed concrete, unless otherwise indicated. Add air - entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at the point of placement having air content within the following limits: 1. 5.5% with 1 1/2" maximum aggregate 2. 6.0 % with 1 " maximum aggregate 3. 6.0% with 3/4" maximum aggregate 4. 7.0% with 1/2" maximum aggregate E. Use admixture for water -reducing and set -control in strict compliance with the manufacturer's directions. F. Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities and types of admixtures as required to maintain quality control. 2.7 SLUMP LIMITS A. Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at the point of placement as follows: 1. Ramps and Sloping Surfaces: Not more than 3". 2. Reinforced Foundation Systems: Not less than 1" and not more than 3". 3. Concrete containing HRWR admixture (super plasticizer): Not more than 8" after addition of HRWR to verified 2"-3" slump concrete. 4. All Other Concrete: Not more than 4". 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with the requirements of ANSI/ASTM C 94, and as herein specified B. Delete the references for allowing additional water to be added to the batch for material with insufficient slump. Addition of water to the batch will not be permitted. C. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ANSI/ASTM C 94 may be required. ® June, 01 ChapmanHarvey Architects, Inc. az - - Unauthorized dupticton prohibited. u CONCRETE WORK 03300 - 5 Rev. June 20, 2001 D. When the air temperature is between 85 degrees F. and 90 degrees F., reduce the mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when the air temperature is above 90 degrees F., reduce the mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FORMS A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. B. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast -in-place concrete surface and adjacent materials. C. Forms shall not leak cement paste. D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the concrete surface. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling, and for easy removal. E. Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is in accessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to form to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations. F. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as shown, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. G. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable length, removable or snapoff metal form ties, designated to prevent form defection, and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal. H. Unless otherwise shown, provide ties so portion remaining within concrete after removal is at least 1-1/2" inside concrete. Unless otherwise shown, provide form ties which will not leave holes larger than 1 " diameter in concrete surface. I. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work for other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. J. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before concrete is placed. Retighten forms after concrete placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks. 0 June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK .03300-6 Rev. June 20, 2001 3.2 PLACING REINFORCING A. Comply with the specified codes and standards, and Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing keinforcing' Bars" for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, A-* runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. D. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2" beyond the last leg of continuous bar supports. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. a.. F. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.3 JOINTS r A. Construction Joints 1. Locate and install construction joints, where are not shown on the drawings, so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to the architect. 2. Provide keyways at least 1 1/2" deep in all construction joints in walls, slabs, and between walls and footings; acceptable bulkheads designed for this purpose may be used for slabs. 3. Place construction joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement. Continue all reinforcement across construction joints. B. Control Joints in Slabs -on -Ground: 1. _ Construct control joints in slabs -on -ground to form panels or patterns as shown or directed. Use screed type joints equal to those manufacturer by Superior Concrete Accessories, Inc. Screed key joints are of 24 gauge galvanized steel with 1 1/8" dowel knockouts at 6" on centers. Install with a minimum of five special 16 gauge by 1" stakes per ten feet'of length of material. C. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Ground: Construct isolation joints in slabs on ground at all points of contact between slabs on ground and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and elsewhere as indicated. r�* ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. - Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK 03300-7 3.4 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS Rev. June 20, 2001 A. General: Set and build into the work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of the items to be attached thereto. — B. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkhead and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain the required elevations and contours in the finishes slab surface. _ Provide and secure units sufficiently strong to support the types of screed required. Align the concrete surface to the elevation of the screed strips by the use of strike -off templates or accepted compacting type screeds. 3.5 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Coat the contact surface of forms with a form -coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds. B. Thin form -coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, in amount, and under conditions of the form -coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. General: 1. Comply with ACI 304, and as herein specified. 2. Add fibrous concrete reinforcement to concrete materials at the time concrete is batched in amounts in accordance with approved submittals for this types of concrete. Mix batched concrete in strict accordance with the fibrous concrete reinforcement manufacturer's instruction and recommendations for uniform and complete dispersion. 3. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. 4. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final location to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. B. Pre -Placement Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect, and complete the formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast -in. Notify other crafts to permit the installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work, as required. Thoroughly wet wood forms immediately before placing concrete, as required where form coatings are not used. C. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 18" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding or tamping. Use vibrators designed to operate with vibratory element submerged in concrete, maintaining a speed of not less than 6000 impulses per minute. 9 June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK .03300-8 Rev. June 20, 2001 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced location not farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit the duration of vibration to the time necessary to consolidate the concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of the mix. D. Placing Concrete Slabs 1. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into comers. 2. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or hollows. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3. Maintain reinforcing in the proper position during concrete placement operations. E. Cold Weather Placing 1. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which would be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance with ACI 306 and as herein specified. 2. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 degrees F., uniformly heat all water and aggregate before mixing as required to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 degrees F., and not more than 80 degrees F., at point of placement. 3. Do not use frozen materials or material containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 4. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. F. Hot Weather Placing 1. When hot weather conditions exist that could seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete, place concrete on compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. 2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 90 degrees F. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of mixing. 3. Cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too hot so that the steel and temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. Wet form thoroughly before placing concrete. 4. Do not use retarding admixtures unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. 3.7 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES A. Standard Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finish work or by other construction, unless otherwise shown or specified. This is the concrete surface having the texture imparted by the form facing material used, with defective areas repaired and patched as specified, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4" in height rubbed down with wood blocks. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects. Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK 03300-9 9 Rev. June 20, 2001 B. Standard Smooth Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed to view, or that are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to the concrete or a covering material bonded to the concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, painting, or other similar system. This is the as -cast concrete surface as obtained with the form facing material, with defective areas repaired and parched as specified, and fins and other projections on the surface completely removed and smoothed. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent surfaces, unless otherwise shown. 3.8 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES A. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for the or other bonded applied cementitious finish flooring material, and as shown on the drawings. 1. After placing slabs, plane surface to a tolerance not exceeding 1/2" in 10 feet when _ tested with a 10 foot straightedge. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling, roughen surface before final set, with stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and �— other finishes as hereinafter specified, and slab surfaces which are to be covered with membrane or elastic roofing, and as shown on the drawings or in schedules. 1. After screeding and consolidating concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power -driver floats or both. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to a tolerance not exceeding 1/4" in 10 feet when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. — C. Trowel finish: 1. Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view, unless otherwise shown, and slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, paint, or other thin film finish coating system. 2. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over the surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1/8" in 10 feet when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering system. D. Non -Slip Broom Finish: 1. Apply non -slip broom finish to exterior concrete platform, steps and ramps, walks and elsewhere as shown on the drawings or in schedules. 2. Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with the architect before application. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects. Inca Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK 03300-10 ..: _ Rev. June 20, 2001 .� E. Pattern Finish: 1. Apply pattern finish to exterior concrete ramps as shown on the drawings. 2. Use only the approved pattern finish as submitted. 3.9 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General 1. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperature, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. 2. Start initial curing application as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete I surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. „ 3. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least 168 cumulative hours (not necessarily consecutive) during which concrete has been exposed to air temperatures above 50 degrees F. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period. B. Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by moist curing or by moisture retaining cover curing or by membrane -forming curing compound and by combinations thereof, as herein specified. 1. Provide moisture curing by following methods: a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. Continuous water -fog spray. b. Covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surface and edges, with 4" lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Provide moisture -cover curing as follows: a. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3" and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. - 3. Provide curing compound for slabs as follows: a. Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final 'finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours). b. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repairing damage during this curing period. C. Do not apply membrane curing compounds on surface which are to be covered with coating material applied directly to concrete, liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, dampproofing, membrane roofing, flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise acceptable to the architect. C. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surface, including undersides of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK 03300-11 Rev. June 20, 2001 period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. D. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Initially cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces by moist curing. 1. Final cure unformed surfaces, unless specified otherwise, by methods specified above, as applicable. 2. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive liquid floor hardener or finish flooring by use of moisture -retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 3.10 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, maybe removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beams, soffits, joists, slabs and other structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 days and until concrete has attained design minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Determine potential compressive strength if inplace concrete by testing field -cured specimens representative of concrete location or members. C. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement, only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. 3.11 RE -USE OF FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re -used in the work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form coating compound material to concrete contact form surfaces as specified for new formwork. B. When forms are intended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fns and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces, except as acceptable to architect. 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling-in: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work. B. Reinforced Masonry: Provide concrete grout for reinforced masonry lintels and bond beams where indicated on the drawings and as scheduled. Maintain accurate location of reinforcing steel during concrete placement. 3.13 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc, Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK 03300-12 w.. Rev. June 20, 2001 1. Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of P„ forms, but only when acceptable to architect. 2. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/3" in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth of less than V. B. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Before placing cement mortar or proprietary patching compound, thoroughly clean, dampen with water and brush -coat the areas to be patched with neat cement grout, or proprietary bonding agent. 3. For exposed to view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. Repair of Formed Surfaces: 1. Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot arities; repaired to satisfaction of architect. Surface defects include color and texture irregulla cracks; spalls; air bubbles, honeycomb; rock pockets; fins and other projections on surface; and stains and other discoloration that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Where possible, repair concealed formed surfaces that contain defects that adversely affect the durability of the concrete. If defects cannot be repaired; remove and replace the concrete. C. Repair of Unformed Surfaces 1. Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, form smoothness and to verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having required slope. 2. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which adversely affect durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01" wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non -reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, pop -puts, honeycomb, rock pockets and other objectionable conditions. 3. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 4. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after, completion of surface finishing operation by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when acceptable to architect. 5. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1" diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at Least 314" clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete, and brush with a neat cement grout coating or concrete bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of the same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in r* the same manner as adjacent concrete. .. 6. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1" in diameter by dry pack holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, method. Groove top of cracks and cut-out ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. .03300-13 CONCRETE WORK a, Rev. June 20, 2 dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and brush with neat emend grout coating or concrete bonding agent. Mix dry pack, consisting of one part Portland cement to 2 1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Compact dry pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. D. Use epoxy -based mortar for structural repairs, where directed by architect. E. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of architect. 3.14 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. The contractor will employ a testing laboratory to perform all other tests and to submit test reports. B. Sampling and testing for quality control during the placement of concrete may include the following, as directed by the Architect. 1 • Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge; and one test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight concrete; ASTM C 231 pressure for normal weight concrete; one for each set of compressive strength test specimens. 4. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 degrees F. and below, and when 80 degrees F. and above; and each time a set of compression test specimens made. 5. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for 6. laboratory cured test specimens except when field -cure test specimens are required. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each 100 cu. yds. or fraction thereof, of each concrete class placed in any one day or for each 5000 sq. ft. of surface area placed; 1 specimen tested at 7 days for information only, 2 specimens tested at 28 days, and 1 specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. The acceptance test results shall be the average of the strengths of the two specimens tested at 28 days. a• When the frequency of testing will provide less than 5 strength tests for a given class on concrete, conduct testing from at least 5 randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than 5 are used. b. When the total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu. yds., the strength test may be waived by the architect, if, in his judgement, adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided: C. When the strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85% of companion laboratory -cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete." C. Test results will be reported in writing to the architect , engineer and the contractor on the same day that tests are made. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing services, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength Q June, Ol Chapman Harvey Architects. Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. CONCRETE WORK 03300-14 �L at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breakin strength Rev. June 20, foot break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. g and type of D. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate the specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by the Architect. The testing service may conduct tests to determined adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests conducted, and any other additional testing as may be required when unacceptable concrete is verified. 3.15 TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS A. All new concrete walks, sloped walks, ramps, curb cuts, curb ramps, surface textures, and dimensions shall comply with the Texas Accessibility Standards of the Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes. 1 B. New and renovated concrete surfaces shall provide at least a 2 % positive slope away from accessible routes. Do not allow any water to stand within accessible routes. END OF SECTION r t� I t� �I 0 June. 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. t CONCRETE WORK 03300-15 > PIM SECTION 04300 UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL - 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, and Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work in this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Concrete unit masonry backup walls, complete with reinforcement and anchorages. B. Form control joints. C. Built-in items supplied by other trades. D. Cut and fit for items furnished and installed by other trades. *+ 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete unit masonry work in accordance with requirements of ANSI A 41. 1, unless indicated otherwise herein. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C 90-95 Hollow load bearing CMU. B. ASTM C 91 Masonry Cement C. ASTM C 140 Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Unit. D. ASTM C 150 Portland Cement. E. ASTM C 207 Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. F. ASTM C 270 Specifications for Mortar for Unit Masonry. G. ASTM C 426 Test for Drying Shrinkage of Concrete Block. H. ASTM C 476 Specification for Grout for Masonry. 1. ASTM A 82 Cold -Drawn Steel Wire - Plain for Reinforcement. ® June. 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 04300-1 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Compliance: Manufacturer's certification that masonry units furnished meet or exceed requirements of this section. B. Test Reports: Certify that concrete masonry units and mortar mix proposed conform to the following: 1. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C140 and C426. 2. Mortar: ASTM C270. C. Product literature of items specified; include manufacturer's literature on sizes, maintenance, cleaning, water repellent, and graffite control. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials off ground and protected from wetting by capillary action, rain or snow and — protected from mud, dust or other material and contaminating material. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Hot Weather Requirement: 1. Protect all masonry construction from direct exposure to wind and sun for 48 hours after erection when ambient air temperature exceeds 99 degrees F and when shaded with relative humidity less than 50 percent. 2. Provide suitable coverings or barriers to deflect direct sunlight and wind. B. Temperature: No masonry work shall be conducted when ambient temperature is falling and below 50 degrees F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Concrete Masonry Units and Face Brick. 1. Featherlite Building Products. 2. Brunson Brick 3. Acme Brick. 4. Elgin -Butler Brick. 5. Henderson Clay Products. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Manufacturer's standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16" long x 8" high (15- 5/8" x 7-5/8" actual), unless otherwise indicated. Thicknesses as indicated on the drawings. 2. Special Shapes: Provide where required for lintels, comers, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding and other special conditions. 3. Hollow Loading -Bearing CMU: ASTM C 90-95, Grade "N". _ 4. Weight: Provide lightweight units using aggregate complying with ASTM C 331 producing dry net unit weight of not more than 105 lbs. per cubic foot, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Curing: Cure units in a moisture -controlled atmosphere or in an autoclave and normal pressure and temperature to comply with ASTM C 90-95, Type I. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. — UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 04300-2 5. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil acids, soluble salts, and organic impurities. 6. Colors shall be as selected by architect. 7. Do not lower the freezing point of mortar by use of admixtures or antifreeze agents. 8. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. D. Joint Reinforcement, Ties and Anchoring Devices: 1. Zinc -Coated Wire: ASTM A 82 for uncoated wire, ASTM A 641, Class 3 for zinc coating. 2. Joint Reinforcement: Welded -wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet. Fabricate from cold -drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A 82, and a unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 04300-3 r - a. Limit moisture absorption during delivery and until time of installation to the maximum percentage specified for Type I units for the average annual relative humidity as reported by the U.S. Weather Bureau Station nearest the project r . site. B. Face Brick: 1. Size: Unless, otherwise indicated, provide bricks manufactured to the following nominal dimensions: a. Modular: 2 1/4" x 3 5/8" x 7 5/8". b. Special Shapes: None anticipated for this project. 2. For applications resulting in exposure of brick surfaces which otherwise would be concealed from view, provide uncored or unfrogged units with all exposed surfaces finished. 3. Facing Brick: ASTM C 216, and as follows: a. Type of Grade: SW. b. Type: Type FBS (normal size and color variations). C. Application: Use where brick is exposed, unless otherwise indicated. d. Texture and Color: Match existing texture and color scheme of hospital. Submit samples for approval prior to ordering. 77 e. Coursing is to match existing hospital; 1/3 running bond. C. Mortar: 1. Mortar mixes: Conform to ASTM C 270, and the following: a. Type "S" Mortar, for all masonry. One part Portland Cement, 1/4 to 1/2 part hydrated lime, 2-3/4 to 4-1/2 parts damp loose sand or 1/2 part Portland Cement, 1 part masonry cement, 3-3/8 to 4-1/2 parts damp loose sand. 2. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1, one sack 94# net, considered one cubic foot. 3. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91 furnished in sacks containing one cubic foot each, marked with the weight. One sack considered one cubic foot. Exterior masonry cement shall contain integral waterproofing. Masonry cement shall be manufactured by Atlas, Lehigh, Lonestar, Trinity or an approval equal. 4. Sand: (Fine Aggregate) 80# damp, considered one cubic foot ASTM C 144 of acceptable color graded within the following limits: SIEVE NO. PERCENT OF SAND RETAINED MAX. (BY WEIGHT) MIN. -4 0 0 8 5 0 16 40 0 r� 30 65 30 50 85 65 100 98 85 5. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil acids, soluble salts, and organic impurities. 6. Colors shall be as selected by architect. 7. Do not lower the freezing point of mortar by use of admixtures or antifreeze agents. 8. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. D. Joint Reinforcement, Ties and Anchoring Devices: 1. Zinc -Coated Wire: ASTM A 82 for uncoated wire, ASTM A 641, Class 3 for zinc coating. 2. Joint Reinforcement: Welded -wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet. Fabricate from cold -drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A 82, and a unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 04300-3 less than thickness of wall or partition, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and as follows: a. Wire Size for Side Rods: 9 gauge diameter. b. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 9 gauge diameter. C. For multi-wythe or cavity exterior masonry back-up fabricate units with additional side rods spaced for embedment in inside face of back-up wythe. 3. Veneer Anchors and Ties: Screw on anchor of at least 12 gage hot dipped galvanized metal with two screw holes per anchor. Flexible wire ties of hot dipped galvanized 3/16 inch wire by suitable length. Flexible straps of hot dipped galvanized 16 gage by at least 1 1/4 inch wide by suitable length with 1/4 inch anchor holes. 4. Miscellaneous Masonry Anchors: Fabricated from 16 gauge steel sheet or 3/8" steel rod, 1.5 oz. hot -dip zinc coating after fabrication. E. Flashing for Masonry: 1. Provide concealed flashings, shown to be built into masonry. 2. Provide concealed flashings as follows: a. Asphalt -Coated Copper: Copper coated both sides with flexible fabricated asphalt. b. Fabricate with 3 oz. copper, unless otherwise indicated, as produced by AFCO Flashings or Equal. 3. Provide plastic flashing as follows: a. Sheet polyvinyl chloride, 30 mil thickness (0.030), 3.3 oz/SF, ASTM D 822, 48 or 72 inches wide rolls. York Flashings: Wascoseal. b. Use rubber base adhesive compound for bonding polyvinyl chloride sheets. F. Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories: 1. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel, ASTM A 615, Grade 60 of the sizes shown. 2. Metal Expansion Joint Strips: Provide the following formed to the shape shown. a. Bond Breaker Strips: 30 lb. asphalt roofmg felt complying with ASTM D 226, or 30 lb., coal -tar roofing felt complying with ASTM D 227. b. Premolded Control Joint Strips: Solid rubber strips with a Shore A durometer hardness of 60 to 80, designed to fit standard sash block and maintain lateral stability in masonry wall, size and configuration as indicated. 3. Metal Expansion Joints: Architectural Art Mfg., Inc. model K15-11-11, smooth cover plate, or equal. Install as shown on the drawings. 4. Cleaning Solution: Non -acidic as recommended by masonry manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine other construction which is to support or interface with masonry work for conditions that would prevent proper installation of masonry. B. Where footings and shelves are not sound or level, where anchorage devices have not been installed, where interfaces exist, or where there are other conditions unsuitable for proper installation of masonry, do not start masonry work until other construction has been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install masonry units in running bond to match the existing brick patterns. B. Cut exposed masonry units, where necessary with a power saw. 1. Avoid the use (by proper layout) of less than half size units. ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 04300-4 r C. Wet brick prior to laying, D. Hold uniform joint sizes of 3/8", unless otherwise indicated. Hold joint sizes to suit modular size of masonry units. E. Cut joints flush and tool slightly concave, unless otherwise indicated. F. Keep cavities between masonry and insulation clean of mortar dro during construction. PPings and other materials G. Reinforce horizontal joints with continuous masonry joint reinforcement, spaced 16" vertically. Do not bridge control and expansion joints in the wail system. H. Build other work into the masonry work as shown, fitting masonry units around other work, and grouting for secure anchorage. 1. Protect newly laid masonry from exposure to precipitation, excessive drying, freezing, soiling, backfill and other harmful elements. J. At end of each day's work, use a medium soft dry nylon brush to clean masonry work. K. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: - 1 • Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing as shown and specified. Fully embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 1/2" at other locations. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" at ends of units. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing, unless otherwise indicated. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use of ., prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend units as directed by manufacturer for continuity. 2. Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows: a• For multi-wythe walls where continuous horizontal reinforcing also acts as structural bond or tie between wythes, space reinforcing as required by code but not less than 16" o.c. vertically. b• For single-wythe walls, space reinforcing at 16" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Reinforce masonry openings greater than 1'-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in two horizontal joints approximately 8" apart, both immediately above the lintel and below the sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2'-0" beyond jambs of the opening, bridging control joints where provided. L. Anchoring Masonry Work: 1 • Provide anchoring devices of the type shown as specified. If not shown or specified, provide standard type for facing and back-up involved. 2• Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces such members to comply with following: a• Provide an open space not less than 1" in width between masonry and structural member, unless otherwise shown. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials. v b• Anchor masonry to structural members with metal ties embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. Provide anchors with flexible tie sections and metal compatibility unless otherwise indicated. tom* C. Space anchors as shown, but not more than 16" o.c. horizontally. • d• Bond intersecting walls with masonry units or provide anchors spaced 16" o.c. ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 04300-5 3.3 PROTECTION A. Maintain protective boards at exposed external comers which may be damaging completed work. B. Keep expansion joint voids clear of mortar. C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. D. At end of each day or shutdown period, protect all exposed walls by covering with a strong waterproof membrane, extending at least two feet down each side of wall and secured in place. E. Seal wall with anti -graffiti masonry sealer, submit for review. 3.4 POINTING AND CLEANING A. After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry as follows: Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape 1. hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample panels before proceeding with cleaning of entire masonry work. 3. Clean brick masonry by bucket and brush hand cleaning method described in BIA "Technical Note No. 20 Revised" using the following cleaner: a. Acidic cleaner approved by unit masonry manufacturer. to comply with masonry manufacturer's directions and 4. Clean concrete unit masonry applicable NCMA "Tek" bulletins. 5. Clean accessories of all excess mortar. B. On completion, point up all exposed masonry. Cut out defective joints and repoint where necessary. Reclean masonry as necessary. C. Remove white scum from masonry with Sure Klean White Scum Remover, PorSoCo, Inc., telephone 913-281-2700. END OF SECTION ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects. Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. 04300-6 UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to work of this Section. t 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal. - B. 1.3 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION '* A. Section 04230 - Reinforced Unit Masonry System: Placement of metal fabrications in masonry. 1.4 RELATED SECTIONS t� A. Section 09900 - Painting: Paint finish. 1.5 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. .�, B. ASTM A53 - Hot -Dipped, Zinc -coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. C. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot -Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated From Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip. p D. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. E. ASTM A283 - Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars. F. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. G. ASTM A325 - High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. H. ASTM A386 - Zinc -Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. ' 1• ASTM A500 - Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. J. ASTM A501 - Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. K. ASTM B177 - Chromium Electroplating on Steel for Engineering Use. L. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols. M. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. ® June, OlChapmn Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. m METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-1 N. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. n B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. C. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Prepare shop drawings under direct supervision of a professional structural engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Texas. B. Welders' Certificates: Submit under provisions of Section 01300, certifying welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. The contractor shall verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. It shall be the responsibility of the fabricator to accurately construct items to meet required dimensions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. B. Plates: ASTM A283. C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325. D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. E. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: SSPC 15, Type 1, red oxide. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt — tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. ® June, OlChapmn Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. 05500-2 METAL FABRICATIONS METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-3 E. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.3 FINISHES F A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required. I�• C. Prime paint items with two coats. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. - - 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates to appropriate sections. 3.3 INSTALLATION e, A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. 4 C. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. E. Obtain architect's approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. ' F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch, unless otherwise noted. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/8 inch, unless otherwise noted. END OF SECTION 0 June, 01Chapmn Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-3 Rev. June 20, 2001 SECTION 05720 tst HANDRAIL SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The extent of metal handrailing is shown on the drawings. PM B. All handrails have radius turns and radius changes in direction. """, C. Casting metal sleeves in concrete to receive metal posts. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Concrete Work. B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. P 1.4 SUBMITTALS "^ A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Prepare and submit shop drawings and product data indicating component details, materials, fmishes, connections, joining methods, and wall anchors. C Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.5 REFERENCES A. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association. B. ACI - American Concrete Institute. C. ASTM E894 - Anchorage of Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Railings for Buildings. .. 1,6 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS A. Handrail assemblies and attachments shall withstand a minimum concentrated load of 2501b./ft applied at any point on the top rail. ® June, OI Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorimd duplication prohibited. HANDRAIL SYSTEM 05720-1 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Rev. June 20, 2001 A. Deliver materials to the job site in good condition and properly protected against damage to finished surfaces. B. Store material in a clean, dry location away from water, mud, uncured concrete, and heavy traffic. Cover with waterproof paper or polyethylene sheeting that will allow air circulation. C. During installation and final placement, minimize handling and exercise particular care to avoid damage to finishes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Shop welded steel pipe. B. Railing System: 1. Permanently anchored to concrete ramps, landings using concealed anchors. 2. All exposed components shall be shop primed steel. 3. Handrails intermediate rails, and posts to be 1 1/2 inch round outside diameter, schedule 40. 4. Welded fittings shall be constructed so that no weld marks are continuous and invisible after installation. 5. Provide internal reinforcing connector sleeves. 6. All anchors are to be concealed after installation is complete. Posts are to be set into concrete using an embedded sleeve and cover flange. 7. Provide a continuous top rail mounted at 36 inches center of rail to ramp. Provide an intermediate rail mounted at 24 inches center of rail to ramp. The top rail shall return to the end post in line with the intermediate rail. All changes in direction shall be radii. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Supply items to be cast in concrete to appropriate crew in adequate time for proper installation. Provide proper templates. B. Dissimilar metals and components in contact with cement shall be kept from direct contact by a heavy coat of asphaltic or bituminous paint. C. After erection, touch up all scratched primer surfaces with additional primer, prepare for paint. D. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance to approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. B. Erect work plumb and level to horizontal surfaces and parallel to sloping surfaces. ® June, Ol Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. HANDRAIL SYSTEM .05720-2 Rev. June 20, 2001 C. Provide expansion joints as needed to allow for thermal expansion and contraction. l D. Maintain at least a 1 '/2" continuous space between the top handrail and any wall or projection - from the wall. Top handrail is to be uninterrupted along its full length. 3.3 CLEANING A. When installation and painting is complete, wash thoroughly using clean water and soap, rinse with clean water. B. Do not use acid solution, steel wool or other harsh abrasives. C. If stain remains after washing, consult manufacturer for instructions of stain removal. D. Damaged or permanently stained components shall be removed from the site and replaced with } new components. E. Protect installed work from damage until entire project is accepted. END OF SECTION ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. HANDRAIL SYSTEM 05720-3 i SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PARTI GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, and Supplementary General Conditions apply to work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof curbs and cants; blocking in wall and roof openings; wood furring and grounds; concealed wood blocking. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the following agencies: 1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC. 2. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. B. Meet or exceed ASTM E 84 criteria. C. Meet or exceed UL 723:PR-S criteria. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: NFPA, WWPA. B. Fire resistant treated 2 x 6: NFPA. 2.2 SHEATHING MATERIALS A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing; sanded. B. Particleboard Roof Sheathing: ANSI A208.1 wood chips set with waterproof resin binder; sanded faces. C. Plywood Floor Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing Span Rating; sanded. 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Plywood Underlayment: APA Rated Sheathing; sanded. B. Particleboard Underlayment: ANSI A208.1; wood chips set with waterproof resin binder; sanded faces. ®lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-1 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations, plain finish elsewhere. — B. Die Stamped Connectors: Galvanized steel. C. Anchors: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry. Expansion shield and lag bolt — type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolt or ballistic fastener for anchorages to steel. 2.5 WOOD TREATMENT A. Fire retardant: AWPA Treatment C20, Exterior Type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread/smoke development rating of 25 or less. B. D -Blaze, Bowie -Sims -Prange Treating Corporation. C. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): AWPA Treatment Cl using water -born preservative with 0.25 percent retainage. — PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FRAMING A. Erect wood framing members in accordance with applicable code. Place members level and — plumb. Place horizontal members crown side up. B. Curb all roof openings except where curbs are provided. Construct curb members of single pieces per side. — 3.2 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Site apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Treat site -sawn cuts. Brush apply two coats of preservative treatment on untreated wood in _ contact with cementitious materials roofing and related metal flashings. C. Allow preservative to cure prior to erecting members: 3.3 CONCEALED GROUNDS A. Provide fire resistant concealed grounds in framing as required for secure anchoring of wall — mounted building components. END OF SECTION ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-2 ....... ... . Rev. June 20, 2001 SECTION 06400 ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK PART GENERAL •*+ 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Special fabricated cabinet units. B. New countertops on new cabinet units. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. B. Section 09900 - Painting: Finishing cabinet exterior and interior. 1.4 REFERENCES A. FS MM -L-736 - Lumber, Hardwood. B. FS MMM -A-130 - Adhesive, Contact. C. NWMA LD3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. -° D. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. E. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. F. PS 51 - Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. G. PS 58 - Basic Hardboard. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work to custom quality in accordance with Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). e■, a.... 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include materials, component profiles, fastening methods, assembly methods, joint details, accessory listings, and schedule of finishes. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. ® June. 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. .t. 6, ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK 06400-1 Rev. June 20, 2001 D. Submit fire treated lumber certificate under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD MATERIALS A. Softwood Lumber: PS 20; graded in accordance with AWI; maximum moisture content of 6 percent; species and grade as follows: ITEM SPECIES CUT Cabinet Frame White Pine Plain Sliced Exposed Frame Ash Plain Sliced B. Hardwood Lumber FS MM -L-736; graded in accordance with AWI; maximum moisture content of 6 percent; species and grade as follows: ITEM SPECIES CUT Exposed Frame Ash Plain Sliced C. Cabinet concealed wall grounds are to be fire treated lumber; submit certificate for review. Refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 2.2 SHEET MATERIALS A. Wood Particleboard: Per AWI standard, composed of wood chips, made with high waterproof resin binders; of grade to suit application; sanded faces, located as follows: ITEM: Shelving; Bulkheads; Non -exposed tops, bottoms and ends. B. Hardboard: PS 58; pressed wood fiber with resin binder, tempered grade, smooth two sides, located as follows: ITEM: Drawer Bottoms; Cabinet Backs; Drawer Faces and Doors; Edges of shelves, drawers faces, and door faces. C. Softwood Plywood: PS 1; graded in accordance with AWI; core material of particleboard; species and cut as follows: ITEM: Underlayment D. Hardwood Plywood: PS 51; graded in accordance with AWI; core material of particleboard; type of glue recommended for application; face veneer and cut as follows: ITEM FACE SPECIES CUT Door and Drawer Fronts Ash Rotary Drawer Construction Ash Plain Sliced ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK 06400-2 Rev. June 20, 2001 Pro!_ 2.3 ACCEPTABLE LAMINATE MANUFACTURERS _ ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK 06400-3 A. Wilsonart Manufacturing. rte+ B. Formica. C. Nevamar. -•.., D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.4 LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate: NWMA LD 3, GP - 50 general purpose type; color as selected. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: FS MMM -A-130. Type recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit application. B. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application. FOR C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit application. 2.6 HARDWARE A. Shelf Standards and Rests: K & V No. 255AN and 256AN. B. Drawer and Door Pulls: Stanley No. 4484. NOR C. Catches: Stanley No. SP46. D. Drawer Slides: K & V No. 1429, full extension, 100 lb. rated. E. Drawer Lock and Key: Stanley, finish to match cabinet hardware. F. Hinges: Grass America No. 1203 with appropriate base plates. 2.7 FINISHES A. All exposed interior and exterior surfaces are to be primed and painted. °~ B. Provide examples to architect of all finishes under consideration. 2.8 FABRICATION PM A. All millwork is to be flush overlay construction per the Architectural Millwork Institute. B. Ship assembled casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage PON through building openings. C. Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges to have less than 1/16 inch gap in any joint. Exposed edges to have hardwood edges. D. Door and drawer fronts: 3/4 inch thick with hardwood edges. _ ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK 06400-3 E. When necessaryto cut and fit on site Rev. June 20, 2001 — , provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. All field cuts through laminate are to have two coats of adhesive in order to minimize laminate deterioration at plumbing fixtures. F. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Make comers and joints hairline. Slightly bevel arrises. G. Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with material of same finish and pattern. H. Provide cutouts for grommets and sleeves, plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes, and other fixtures and fittings. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Seal contact surfaces of cut edges. I. All shelf standards are to be recessed flush with adjacent surface. All units with adjustable shelves, either open shelves or closed cabinets, are to have recessed metal standards. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify adequacy and location of backings and support framing members that are concealed within walls. B. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.2 HARDWARE A. Provide locks for each drawer, all locks are to be keyed alike. Provide five keys to Owner. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Set and secure casework in place rigid, plumb, and level. B. Use purpose designed fixture attachments at concealed locations for wall mounted components. _ C. Carefully scribe casework which is against other building materials, leaving gaps of 1/32 inch maximum. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. --- D. Secure cabinet and counter bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. E. Provide concealed grounds in all wall framing areas to receive wall and base cabinets, refer to Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors, drawers, hardware, fixtures, and other moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. B. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. END OF SECTION ® June, Of Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK 06400-4 Rev. June 20, 2001 SECTION 07536 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS J A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work in this Section. 1.2 GENERAL NOTES A. This contract shall include all roofing, rigid roof insulation, sheetmetal flashings required to complete the work as specified herein and called for on the drawings. B. For the purpose of establishing a standard, the products of the Manville Company of Denver, Colorado, and the GAF Building Materials Corp. of Wayne, New Jersey, are used herein. Alternate products of equal quality will be considered subject to the final approval of the architect. L; C. This contract shall provide a warranty as called for to cover the entire roofing system. m*+ 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS . A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. C. Division 15 - Mechanical. 1.4 JOBSITE STORAGE OF FELTS A. Roofing felts shall be delivered to the job site in a dry condition from the contractor's warehouse and shall be stockpiled on pallets in a vertical position. Felts shall then be covered with plastic sheets securely tied in place to protect felt rolls from rain or other moisture penetration. B. Where felts are temporarily stockpiled on the roof, wood pallets shall be used to elevate rolls from the deck. Felts shall be kept covered until incorporated into the roofing system. C. Care shall be maintained throughout the work to prevent overloading of the existing structure with concentrated piles of roofing materials. Such materials shall be distributed over the roof such that excessive loading of the structure does not occur. r 1.5 NOTIFICATION A. The owner shall set a date and time for a pre -roofing conference. Notify the owner at least five r working days in advance of the date desired to start roofing operations in order to schedule conference. ® June, OI Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. e� Unauthorized duplication prohibited. MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING 07536-1 F, Rev. June 20, 2001 B. At the job site, during the pre -roofing conference, roofing materials shall be reviewed by the owner. The roofing contractor shall have at least a portion of all materials to be used on the project available at the job site during the conference. 1.6 CLEAN UP A. Roofing contractor shall exercise care to prevent scattering of debris during roofing operations. Paper wrappers, scrap felt, etc., shall be weighted to prevent blowing. B. No burning of debris will be permitted on the job site. Remove such debris from the site and haul to the public landfill area. C. Measures shall be taken to protect adjacent areas and surfaces from being stained by over mopping of hot asphalt. All over mopping shall be removed from the surface as soon as possible, not at the completion of the project. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Roofing contractor shall be approved by the accepted roofing manufacturer prior to commencement of roofing installation. B. Contractor shall arrange for such inspections as may be required by the roofing manufacturer as the work progresses. C. Upon completion, furnish to the owner a ten year no dollar limit (NDL) warranty issued by the accepted roofing manufacturer. The contractor shall include in his bid the cost of such warranty. D. Provide manufacturer's written roof maintenance instructions to the owner. 1.8 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS A. When weather reports indicate that the job site is within an area forecast to have greater than a 30% chance of rain, there is not to be any roof work performed. B. Air temperature is to be at least 40°F and rising. Do not perform roof -related work when air temperature is below 40°F. 19 SUBMITTAL A. Furnish for approval by the architect four sets of manufacturer's brochures describing in detail the exact system proposed for the project. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. — B. Furnish representative samples of proposed roofing material, thermal insulation, fastening device, and required accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All roll type roofing materials shall be equal to first quality products of the Schuller Company of Denver, Colorado. Roof system to be equal to Schuller Company specification 3CID — (alternate), Styrene Bertadiene Styrene (SBS) system. ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING 07536-2 Rev. June 20, 2001 B. Ply sheets shall be Dynabase weighing not less than 36 pounds per square. Apply ply sheets over rigid insulation board by mopping. C. Elastomeric cap sheet shall be Dynakap FR and shall weigh not less than 105 pounds per square. The UL Classification shall be equal to Class A. The covering layer shall be white ceramic granular surfacing. Maximum shrinkage allowed is not to exceed 5%. Embed matching white ` granules in exposed asphalt along laps, overflow areas, etc.; after thirty days, check laps to see if additional granul application is required. D. Provide a wind resistance rating equal to UL 90 or greater. E. Asphalt shall be Type III of first quality and shall have flow point not exceeding 190 degrees F. It shall be shipped to the job site in heavy paper barrels and each container shall be labeled. ,., Asphalt shall conform to the requirements of the Roofing Systems Technical Committee, a joint committee of the ARMA and the NRCA. Poll F. Plastic cement shall be an elastic waterproof material that will not stain stone, corrode copper, or be affected by long exposure to extreme outside temperature. It shall form a thin, tough skin on exposed surfaces, but remain soft and plastic underneath. Cement shall adhere to metal and masonry and be mixed to proper consistency. G. Where metal counterflashing are indicated, use 24 gauge galvanized sheetmetal. Use similar material for miscellaneous metal flashings required throughout the project. H. Sheetmetal for fascia, gravel guard, rain diverters, and exposed metal covers shall be 26 gauge pre- finished metal. I. Cant strips shall be 2 inches thick of 45 degree type and of asphalt impregnated cane fiber, minimum 4 inches high. J. Base flashing material for curbs shall be DynaFlex or manufacturer's recommended base flashing material. 2.2 THERMAL ROOF INSULATION A. No roof insulation is anticipated for this project. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF FLASHINGS A. This contract shall include the installation of vent flashings, pitch pans, heater vents, fresh air intake vents and related items as called for on the drawings. B. Set flashings in a mopping of hot asphalt and strip in with one ply of glass base, 36 inches wide, mopped solid to underlayment sheet. .� C. Set cant strips by mopping of hot asphalt or dry. Refer to manufacturer's recommendations. Review preferred installation with architect. D. Where curbed openings occur, furnish a fiber cant, neatly mitered at corners, mopped into place over roofing felt. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING 07536-3 Rev. June 20, 2001 E. Extend weathering sheet up cant boards and cut at top of cant. F. Cap sheet for cants, curbs and wall flashings shall be one layer of weathering sheet, mopped into place over previously described roofing layers. G. Install all flashing systems in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications DFE-1 (LB) and, DFE-4 as they may be applicable. Installations must comply with specified manufacturer's warranty guidelines. 3.2 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHINGS AND DETAILS A. Miscellaneous roofing details not specifically mentioned in these specifications such as pitch pans, expansion joints, flashings at projections through roofs, etc., shall be in strict compliance with recommended procedures outlined by the roofing manufacturer and subject to architect's approval. B. All flashing applications are to be reviewed during the pre -roofing conference. C. Carefully review wall and roof details to insure that all potential water entry points are addressed during the roofing operations. 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove all roof mastic from adjacent surfaces of roof -mounted equipment or accessories. B. Remove all excess materials from the roof when work is complete. END OF SECTION ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING 07536-4 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART1 GENERAL I , 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work in this F* Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide caulking in conjunction with interior painting operations and as otherwise indicated on drawings for interior caulking. ** B. Provide sealant where indicated on the drawings in conjunction with weather seals, and as otherwise noted. C. Perform all work required to complete the joint preparation, joint packing or filler, priming, caulking and sealing indicated by the drawings and specified herein. Furnish all supplementary items necessary. D. In fire rated partitions, install only fire resistant sealants. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS Win A. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System. B. Section 09900 - Painting. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: „ 1. Minimum two year's experience in applying sealants and approved by manufacturer. B. Manufacturer's Representative: I . Arrange for technical representative to be on project site to advise installer of proper procedures and precautions for use of materials and to check installation. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FS TT -S -00230C, Type II Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single Component. B. FS TT -S -001543A Sealing compound: Silicone Rubber Base. ems+ C. FS TT -S -00227E, Type I, Class A Joint Sealant: Self Levelling. D. ASTM C834 Standard Specification for latex sealing compounds. ,r7 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following: 1. Product Data: R+t ® June, Ol Chapmen Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. JOINT SEALERS ' 07900-1 a. Manufacturer's specifications, recommendations and installation instructions for sealant, backing, and related materials. 2. Samples: a. Color charts for selection by architect. b. Furnish samples of custom colors. 3. Certification: a. Letter of certification from manufacturer or certified test laboratory report that materials are chemically compatible with each other and with substrate. b. Letter from manufacture that certifies material's fire resistant qualities. C. When requested by the architect, submit samples of cured sealants and a 6 inch long sample of each type of joint backup. 1.7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials in unopened containers as packaged by the manufacturer. Store in a manner to protect materials from the weather. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warrant, in writing, materials and workmanship against air and water leakage for a five-year period. B. Provide written warranty of materials fire resistance and accepted use in at least a one hour fire resistant assembly. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS A. Pecora Chemical corporation. B. Sonneborn Building Products. C. W.R. Grace and Company. D. General Electric Company. E. Products Research and Chemical Corporation. F. Substitutions: In accordance with Section 01600. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Polysulfide (Type I): 1. Two-part conforming to FS TT -S -00227E, Class A, Type I (self -leveling) or Type 2 (nonsag) as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Color: As selected by architect. 3. Acceptable products: a. Synthacalk GC -5, Pecora Corp. _ b. 350, PRC. C. Sonolastic, Sonneborn-Contech, Inc. B. Chlorosulfonated Polyurethane (Type 2) 1. One part conforming to FS TT -S -230C. ® lune, Ol Chapmen Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. JOINT SEALERS 07900-2 J. Joint Cleaners and Primers: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. O lune, Ot Chapmea Hatvry Architects, lac. Uasuth.. duplication prohibited. JOINT SEALERS •11 2. As selected by architect. 3. Acceptable products: a. Synthacalk, Pecora. C. Polyurethane (Type 3): 1. Two-part conforming to FS TT -S -0000227E, Class A, Type I or II. 2. Color: As selected by architect. 3. Acceptable products: a. NR -200, Pecora. b. No. 200, PRC. C. Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant, Sonnebom-Contech. d. THC -900/901, Tremco. PRO D. Polyurethane (Type 4): 1. One -part conforming to FS TT -S -000230C, Class A, Type II. 2. Color: Custom color as selected by architect. 3. Acceptable products: a. No. 6000, PRC. b. NP 1, Sonnebom - Contech. C. Dymonic, Tremco E. Silicone (Type 5): 1. One part rubber based silicone conforming to FS TT -S-001543, Class A, Type I. 2. Color; Custom color as selected by architect. 3. Acceptable products: a. 790 Building Sealant, Dow Corning. r b. Silproof, General Electric. .. C. Proglaze, Tremco. F. Acrylic, Solvent Cure (Type 6): 1. One -part, FS TT -S-00230. 2. Acceptable products: a. Unicrylic, Pecora. b. Permacryl, Schnee :Moorhead Chemicals, Inc. C. Mono, Tremco Manufacturing Company. G. Nondrying, Nons kuuting (Type 7): 1. One -part sealing compound. 2. Acceptable products: a. GC -55, Noncuring, Goal Chemical. b. BR -96, Pecora. C. Curtain Wall Sealant, Tremco. H. Bitumen Impregnated Sealant (Type 8): 1. Precompressed bitumen impregnated foam joint sealant. 2. Size: As recommended by manufacturer for joint condition as rain seal. 3. Acceptable product: Emseal compressed, Emseal Corporation. 1. Backer Rod: Closed cell expanded polyurethane or polyethylene "Denver" foam, compatible with sealant, sized and shaped to control depth of sealant; and to maintain 20% to 50% compression of material. J. Joint Cleaners and Primers: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. O lune, Ot Chapmea Hatvry Architects, lac. Uasuth.. duplication prohibited. JOINT SEALERS •11 K. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive adhesive polyethylene tape. L. Masking Tape: Pressure sensitive adhesive paper tape. M. Sealant Tape: 1. Compressible adhesive -cohesive tape of cross-linked butyl polyisobutylene rubber that accommodates variations and movement, sized as necessary to allow for joint movement of + or - 25%. 2. Acceptable product: PTI 606, Protective Treatments, Inc. N. Expansion Joint Filler: 1. Closed cell polyethylene compatible with sealant. 2. Acceptable product: Sonoflex F, Sonneborn. 3. Fire resistant to be used in at least,a one_hpur fire rating classification. 2.3 MIXING A. Mix components in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine all surfaces to receive sealant and report all conditions not acceptable. Installation shall be deemed as acceptance of the surface. 3.2 PREPARATION A. ' Clean all surfaces and joints thoroughly, removing all foreign matter, dust, oil, grease, water surface, din, frost, old caulking material, and previously applied paint or primer. B. Prime and prepare surfaces in strict accordance with sealant or caulk manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. C. Remove loose mill scale from steel surfaces. Remove dirt, oil, or grease by solvent cleaning and wipe surfaces. All surfaces must be clean and dry. Any protective coating on building materials that will impair sealant bond shall be removed., 3.3 APPLICATION A. Sealants: I . Follow sealant manufacturer's instructions regarding preparation, priming, application life, and application procedure. 2. Apply masking tape where required in continuous strips in alignment with joint edge. Remove tape immediately after joints have been sealed, and tooled as directed. 3. Apply sealant under pressure with gun having nozzle of proper size or other appropriate means. Provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints. 4. Neatly point or tool sealant to provide proper contour. Use clean water -wet tool or tooling solution recommended by manufacturer when tooling white or light colored sealant. B. Caulking: i. Caulking: Apply caulking joints before final coat of paint is applied to adjacent surface. Apply caulking with a pressure gun having a nozzle of proper size to fit joint. 0lune. 01 ChArchitect, apman Harvey Ina Unauthorized duptieation prohibited. JOINT SEALERS 07900-4 Completely fill joint and firmly tool against backing to make a smooth, convex bed_, and assure good adhesion. Caulking shall develop a firm skin before paint is allowed. C. Joint Size: 1. Sealant and Caulking: Depth equal to 1/3 times joint width or as recommended by manufacturer. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess caulking or sealant materials and smears from adjacent surfaces as work progresses. B. On non -porous surfaces excess uncured sealant shall be removed with a solvent moistened cloth immediately. On porous surfaces excess sealant should be allowed to cure overnight, then removed by lightly wirebrushing or sanding. All adjacent surfaces shall be clean and free from stains. C. Remove all debris resulting from these operations from the site. 3.5 SCHEDULE A. Interior and Exterior Joints Subject to Movement (Not Including Traffic): Type 1, 2, 4, or 5 at Contractor'soption and as recommended by manufacturer for joint condition and sealant color. B. Interior and Exterior Horizontal Joints Subject to foot and Vehicular Traffic: Type 2, self - leveling. C. Interior Horizontal and Vertical Joint Not Subject to Movement (Not Including Traffic): Type t..� 6. D. In contact with roofing and waterproofing materials: Type 3 or 4, low modulus, unmodified. E. Unexposed window joints: Type 7. F. Interior fire resistant rating of at least a one hour rated assembly subjected to minimal movement: Type 2. G. Secondary seal and exterior brick expansion joint secondary seals: Type 8. END OF SECTION "M ® June, Ol Chapmen Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. JOINT SEALERS 07900-5 A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. The extent of hollow metal doors and frames is shown on the drawings and schedules; all shall be custom hollow metal work. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01090 - Reference Standards. B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. C. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System. D. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. E. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. F. Section 09900 - Painting. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide hollow mental doors and frames manufactured by a single firm specializing in the production of this type of work. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. In addition to other specified requirements, comply with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI -100), for the following classifications: 1. Exterior Doors: SDI -100, Grade III, extra heavy-duty, Model 2, Minimum 16 -gage faces. B. Comply with latest adopted version of the Texas Accessibility Standards and Americans with Disabilities Act. 1.6 SUBMITTALS > A. With manufacturer's standard details and specifications for steel doors and frames, submit shop drawings showing application to project, as required. B. Provide a written warranty letter per Section 01700, 1.8, on business letterhead stating that installed door components comply with TAS and/or ADA. wwr ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08115-1 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. Hollow Metal Door and Frame: 1. Steelcraft/Div. American Standard Co. 2. Republic Builders Products Corp./Subs. Republic Steel 3. Tex -Steel Corporation. 4. Hol -O -Met, Inc. — 5. Superior Door and Sash Company. 6. Substitutions: In accordance with Section 01600. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Metal steel doors and frames; hot -rolled, pickled and oiled per ASTM A 569 and A 568; cold- rolled per ASTM A 366 and A 568. B. Exterior Doors: SDI -100, Grade III, extra -heavy duty, Model 2, Minimum 16 -gage faces. C. Frame Gauge: 16 gauge for interior frames, 14 gauge for exterior frames. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Comply with guide lines of SDI - 107. _ E. Dimensions: One inch returns by required wall thickness. Allow for 1 3/ inch thick doors and I/2 inch deep stops. F. Anchors and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard units. Use galvanized items for units built into exterior walls, complying with ASTM A 153. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp or buckle. Weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. B. Prepare steel doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping, complying with ANSI A 115 "Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation for Hardware". C. Reinforce units to receive surface -applied finish hardware to be field applied. D. Locate finish hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, per DHI "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware". E. Shop paint surfaces of doors and frame units, including galvanized surfaces, using manufacturer's standard baked -on rust -inhibitive primer. F. Doors: Comply with SDI -100, of the types and styles indicated, for materials quality, metal gages, and construction details. G. Frames: Comply with SDI -100, of the types and styles indicated, for materials quality, metal gages, and construction details. ® June, Ot Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08115-2 i H. Provide standard hollow metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings as indicated. Frames 6 feet wide and under shall be constructed of 16 gage material. I. Prepare frames to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single -swing frames and 2 silencers of double -swing frames. J. Provide 26 gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, at back of hardware cutouts where installed in concrete, masonry or plaster openings. K. Protect inside faces of frames in plaster or masonry wall construction which are placed with anti -freeze additives, using high -build fibered asphalt emulsion coating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install hollow -metal units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and final shop drawings. Fit doors to frames and floors with clearances specified in SDI -100. B. New finish hardware is to match the existing hardware of each property. The door hardware is to be heavy duty, finished to match other hardware on property. Contractor to verify the hardware manufacturer of each property that hardware is to be provided. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEANING A. Prime coat touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up paint of compatible air -frying primer. B. Final adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. END OF SECTION ® June, OI Cd" hapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized an prohibited. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08115-3 Rev. June 20, 2001 SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. This section specifies new standard flush wood doors, and new flush wood fire rated doors. New doors are to match existing doors for which they replace in appearance and function. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01090 - Reference Standards. B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. C. Section 08700 - Finish Hardware. D. Section 08800 - Glazing. E. Section 09900 - Painting. 1.4 IDENTIFICATION MARK A. The top edge of each door shall bear an identification mark, either a stamp, brand or other indelible mark, giving the manufacturer's name, the door's trade name, the construction of the door, code date of manufacture and the quality. B. The identification mark shall be accompanied by either of the following additional requirements: 1. An identification mark or a separate certification including the name of the inspection organization, identification of the standards for the door, including glue type, identification of preservative treatment for stile and rail doors, identification of veneer and quality certification. 2. The National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association "Hallmark" edge stamp and glue bond mark plug. 1.5 SUBMITTALS In accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals. A. Samples: 1. Corner section of flush veneered door 12 inches square, showing details of construction, labeled to show grade and type number and conformance to the specified standards. 2. Veneer sample 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch by 1/4 inch showing the specified wood specie sanded to receive a transparent finish. Where the prefmish option is accepted, veneer sample shall be factory finished. ® June, Ot Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-1 B. Shop Drawings: Rev. June 20, 2001 1. Show every door on the project and schedule its location in the building. 2. Indicate type, grade, finish and size; include detail of glazing, and other pertinent details. 3. Provide information concerning any specified requirements not included in the manufacturer's literature and data submittal. C. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Labeled fire rated doors showing conformance with NFPA 80. D. Laboratory Test Reports: 1. Direct screw withdrawal test report in accordance with ASTM D1037. 2. Split resistance test report in accordance with NWWDA document "Test Method to Determine Split Resistance of Hinge Edges of Composite Type Fire Doors". 3. Cycle/Slam test report in accordance with ANSI/SDI A151.1, Article 1.5. 1.6 SEALING A. Give top and bottom edges of doors two shop coats of exterior spar varnish, or water resistant seater before sealing in shipping containers. 1.7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Factory seal doors and accessories in heavy polyethylene bags or cardboard packages which shall remain unbroken during delivery and storage. — B. Doors shall be stored flat, uniformly supported and stored under cover, in dry and well ventilated areas, off the floor, at temperatures between 40 and 100 degrees F, and at relative humidity between 30 and 60 percent. 1.8 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in text by the basic designation only. A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Steel Door Institute (ANSI/SDI): ANSI/SDI A151.1-1980......... Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for _ Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): D1037-78 .......................... Evaluating the Properties of Wood -Base Fiber and Particle Panel — Materials C. The Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): _ Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program, Fourth Edition 1985 D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): No. 80 (1983) ..................... Fire Doors and Windows ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 -2 I I 0 Rev. June 20, 2001 E. National Wood Window and Door Association (NWWDA): I.S.1-80 ..........Series for Wood Flush Doors (With I.S. 1. 3 Hollow Core Wood Doors Deleted) I.S. 4-70 ........................... Water Repellent Preservative Treatment For Millwork ANSI/NWWDA I.S.5-73 ....... Ponderosa Pine Doors (Not Numbered) .................. Test Method to Determine the Split Resistance of Hinge Edges of Composite Type Fire Doors 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty under provisions of Section 01700 to the following term: 1. Interior Doors: Two years. B. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. C. Provide a written warranty letter per Section 01700, 1.8, on business letterhead stating that installed door components comply with TAS and/or ADA. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLUSH DOORS, GENERAL A. Flush doors shall be solid core wood flush doors meeting requirements of NWWDA 1. S. I Series for Wood Flush Doors, Type II bond for interior doors, with solid wood or solid mat -formed wood particleboard core. Staved core doors are not allowed. B. Doors shall be 1-3/4 inches thick, unless otherwise shown or specified. C. Guarantee: Flush doors are subject to terms of Article titled "GUARANTY" of Section GENERAL CONDITIONS, and shall include the following: 1. Permissible warp tolerance not exceeding 1/4 -inch as specified in NWWDA 1. S. 1. 1. 2. No delamination. 3. For interior doors, manufacturer's warranty for the life of the original installation. D. All new doors shall have 3/4 hour, "C" label certification. 2.2 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Face Veneer: Veneers for door faces shall be in accordance with NWWDA I.S. 1. 1. Face veneer, required to have transparent finish shall be good grade, rotary cut, light birch, and shall be one species throughout the project unless scheduled or otherwise shown. Face veneers, required to have painted finish shall be either rotary cut, sound grade, mill option close grained hardwood, or medium density overlay. Lauan is not acceptable. 1. Doors to receive transparent finish shall be factory sanded. Final sanding of faces and stiles shall be clean and smoothly sanded prior to finishing. The grade of sandpaper will depend on the wood specie of the veneer. 2. Doors required to have transparent finish on one side and paint finish on other side shall have veneers as required for transparent finish on both sides. 3. Match face veneers for doors required to have transparent finish for uniform effect of color and grain at all joints. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-3 Rev. June 20, 2001 4. Wood species and grade of face veneers shall match adjacent existing doors. B. Solid Wood: Wood for stops, muntins, and moldings of flush doors required to have transparent finish shall be same species as face veneer. C. Glazing: Install glass panels in smoke barrier doors and standard doors in steel frames approved for use in labeled doors. 2.3 PREFINISH, PREFIT OPTION A. Flush doors may be factory machined to receive hardware, bevels, undercuts, cutouts, accessories, and fitting for frame. B. Factory fitting to conform to the specification for shop and field fitting, including factory application of sealer to edges and routings. C. Flush doors to receive transparent finish (in addition to being prefit) may be factory finished as follows: AWI Section 1500 specification for System #3 AIkyd-Urea Conversion Varnish or System #4 Vinyl. The coating shall be AWI premium, medium sheen, closed grain effect. Stain shall be used when required to produce the finish that matches the existing door finish. 2.4 FLUSH DOORS, INTERIOR (Except Fire Rated Doors) A. Flush doors for interior use shall meet requirements of NWWDA I.S.1, Type II bond. B. Stiles and Rails: 1. Top and bottom rails for particleboard and stave core doors shall have minimum 1-1/8 inch face width by full core thickness. 2. Stiles for particleboard core doors shall have minimum 1-1/4 inch face width with outer ply of same species of face veneer for doors to have transparent finish. Stiles shall have full core thickness. 3. Stiles for doors required to have transparent finish shall have outer ply of species as face veneer of doors. 4. Stiles and rails shall be bonded to the core to minimize telegraphing. 2.5 FLUSH DOORS, FIRE RATED A. Fire rated wood doors shall comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 80 and NWWDA I. S.1, Type II bond, and shall carry an identifying label designating the fire performance rating from a qualified testing and inspection agency for the class of door or opening shown. Labels shall be of metal with raised or incised markings. B. Doors designated to have "C" label shall have a fire performance rating of 3/4 hour. C. Stiles of label fire doors utilizing standard mortise leaf hinges shall meet the following performance criteria: 1. Split Resistance: Average of ten test samples shall be not less than 500 load pounds when tested in accordance with NWWDA document "Test Method to Determine Split Resistance of Hinge Edges of Composite Type Fire Doors 2.. Direct Screw Withdrawal: Average of ten test samples shall be not less than 700 load pounds when tested for direct screw withdrawal in accordance with ASTM D1037; ®June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-4 .- Rev. June 20, 2001 using a No. 12, 1-1/4 inch long, steel, fully threaded wood screw. Drill 5/32 inch pilot hole, use 1-1/2 inch opening around screw for bearing surface, and engage screw fully, except for last 1/8 -inch. Do not use a steel plate to reinforce screw area. 3. Cycle/Slam: 200,000 cycles with no loose hinge screws or other visible signs of failure when tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/SDI A151.1, Article 1.5 Swing Test, modified for a wood door in a steel frame. D. Additional Hardware Reinforcement: Provide fire rated doors with hardware reinforcement blocking. Size of lock blocks shall be as required to secure the hardware specified. Top, bottom and intermediate rail blocks shall measure five inches minimum by full core width. All reinforcement blocking shall be in compliance with the manufacturer's labeling requirements and shall not be mineral material similar to the core. E. Other Core Components: All other core components shall be manufacturer's standards as allowed by the labeling requirements. F. Provide steel frame approved for use in labeled doors for vision panels. G. Inactive leaf of pairs of fire rated_ doors shall have a steel astragal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DOOR PREPARATION A. Field, shop or factory preparation shall not violate the qualified testing and inspection agency label requirements for fire rated doors. B. Clearances Between Doors and Frames and Floors: e 1. Doors shall have a maximum 1/8 -inch clearance at the jambs, heads, and meeting stiles, and a 3/4 -inch clearance at the bottom, except as otherwise specified. 2. Maximum clearance at bottom of sound rated doors, light -proofed doors, doors to operating rooms, and doors designated to be fitted with mechanical seals, shall be 3/8 -inch. C. Provide cutouts for glass, and special details required and specified. D. Rout doors for hardware using the templates and the location heights specified in Section 08705, BUILDERS' HARDWARE. E. Fit doors to frame bevel lock edge of doors 1/8 -inch for each two inches of door thickness. F. Immediately after fitting and cutting of doors for hardware, seal edges of doors to be painted ffi with two coats of spar varnish and doors to receive transparent finish with two coats of water resistant sealer. Finish all surfaces, including both faces, top and bottom and edges of the doors smooth to the touch. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND APPLICATION OF HARDWARE A. Install doors and hardware as specified in Section 08700. R"1 J June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. l FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-5 3.3 DOOR PROTECTION Rev. lune 20, 2001 A. As each door installation is completed, place the polyethylene bag or cardboard shipping container over the door and tape in place. B. The protective covering shall encompass knobs and handles in addition to covering the door. Maintain the covering in good condition until removal is approved by the architect. 3.4 EXISTIG DOORS A. Once existing doors are no longer needed, store doors where directed by owner. B. To minimize further damage all reasonable efforts shall be made to protect existing doors removed from the building. C. All existing doors, hardware, and miscellaneous items removed from their current function and not required for the new door shall remain the property of the owner. END OF SECTION ® lune, Ot Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-6 Rev. June 21, 2001 SECTION 08700 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. F" 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Complete sets of hardware for all new and existing doors. New hardware is to match existing hardware manufacturer, style, type, finish, and installation heights used by the City of Lubbock. MIR B. Butts and hinges, locks and latch sets with levers, closers, push/pulls, trim units, kick plates, g silencers, and miscellaneous items required for a complete installation, comply with T.A. A.S. C. Provide all items, articles, materials, operations or methods listed, mentioned or scheduled on the drawings and/or herein, including all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary �., and required for their completion. Any item of finish hardware not specifically mentioned, but which is necessary for proper completion of the work shown on the Drawings shall be provided without additional cost to owner. Any omissions shall be called to the attention of the Architect prior to bid opening; otherwise the Drawings and Specifications will be considered complete. D. Exchange or replace all damaged existing door hardware with new hardware; no additional money shall be granted for such items. E. Exchange all existing door hardware that does not meet current Texas Accessibility Standards criteria with new hardware which does meet T.A.S. criteria. Existing doors which are to �. remain shall have the existing knobs replaced with levers of matching manufacturer and finish. No additional money will be granted for items not included in the hardware bid but which will require replacement. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01090 - Reference Standards. B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. C. Section 06400 - Architectural Millwork. D. Section 08115 - Steel Doors and Frames. E. Section 08211 - Flush Wood Doors F. Section 08800 - Glazing. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act, 36 CFR. ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FINISH HARDWARE 08700-1 B. ANSI/NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. Rev. lune 21, 2001 — C. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute. D • BHMA - Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association. E. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute. F. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers. G. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. — H. SDI - Steel Door Institute 1. ANSI A115.2 - Door and Frame Preparation for Bored or Cylindrical Locks for 1-3/4 inch Doors. J. ANSI A115.9 - Door and Frame Preparation for Closer, Offset Hung, Single Acting. K. ANSI A156.1 - Butts and Hinges. L. ANSI A156.2 - Locks and Lock Trim. M. ANSI A156.4 - Door Controls (Closers). — N. ANSI A156.6 - Architectural Door Trim. 0. ANSI A156.7 - Template Hinges. — 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of this section with other sections involving manufacturer of any internal reinforcement for door hardware. B. Hardware subcontractor shall examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of hardware quantities required. Should any particular door or item be omitted in any scheduled hardware group, provide such door or item with hardware similar to that required for similar conditions on the project. Locks, bolts, hinges, pulls, levers shown on the plans for non -factory manufactured cabinet and casework shall be included in the Division of Finish Hardware. C. When new hardware is to match an existing owner's standard, new shall match in every way so long as it does not violate Texas Accessibility Standards criteria. New door hardware shall firm what is owner's standard prior to ordering comply with T.A.S. Contractor shall con material. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with minimum three — year's experience. B. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying commercial and institutional door hardware with five year's documented experience. ® June, hap 01 Cm an Harvry grchitecis, [nc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FINISH HARDWARE 08700-2 II I !! Rev. June 21, 2001 C. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of the section. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames. B. Conform to the applicable sections of Chapter 5 of NFPA 101. C. Conform to criteria stated in the most current edition of the Texas Accessibility Standards. 1.8 SUBMITTALS ae A. Submit schedule, shop drawings, and product data under provisions of Section 01300. Resubmittals will be required until complete architectural approval is obtained. B. Indicate location and mounting heights of each type of hardware. Show required mortising and internal reinforcing of metal products. ataa C. Provide product data on specified hardware. 1� D. Submit keying diagrams to show grandmaster, master, etc. level of hierarchy. E. Submit proposed replacement levers, finish, function, and example of new hardware that is replacing existing hardware. r�- 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. B. Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. C. Lost or stolen hardware shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Replace all items lost or stolen with identical items at no cost to owner. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1� A. Package hardware items individually; label and identify package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. B. Protect hardware from theft by cataloging and storing in secure area. 1.11 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. B. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. sa■a 1.12 WARRANTY A. Provide a written warranty per Section 01700, 1.8, on business letterhead stating that installed door components comply with TAS and/or ADA. O lune. Ol Chapman Haney Architects. Ina Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FINISH HARDWARE 08700-3 Rev. June 21, 2001 B. Provide warranties for all hardware furnished under this division to the general contractor for transmittal to the architect. Warranties shall be for a period of one (1) year (five (51 years for closer) from date of owner acceptance, against defects in material and workmanship of the merchandise. PART 2 PRODUCTS _ 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Locksets and Latches: Sargent. No substitutions allowed. B. Hinges: McKinney. No substitutions allowed. C. Closers: Sargent. No substitutions allowed. D. Exit Devices: Sargent. No substitutions allowed. _ E. Kickplates, stops, and silencers: Trimco; Rockwood. No substitutions allowed. F. Smoke seals: Pemko. No substitutions allowed. 2.2 STYLE A. All existing door locksets and latches are to be replaced with new, including levers. B. All hardware components shall match throughout the facility in finish, style, and function. C. New hardware shall match existing make, model, style, finish, etc used by the City of Lubbock. D. Provide a knurled grip or similar, acceptable texture on levers of doors leading to a potentially _ hazardous situation for a physically or visually challenged person; ie, mechanical rooms and stairs. 2.3 KEYING A. All cylinders are keyed to the existing system. No substitutions allowed. _ B. Supply two keys for each lock. C. Coordinate new keying system with owner. 2.4 FINISHES A. Finishes for new hardware are identified in the schedule at end of this section. Submit for architect's approval. B. Finishes for replacement of existing hardware is to match the existing finish. Submit for architect's approval. 2.5 EXIT DEVICES A. Sargent 8800 series, smooth mechanism case, designed for 1 314 " doors. Use Sargent unless City of Lubbock standard hardware is different, use City's standard. — B. Devices are intended for door openings with a removable mullion. ® lune. 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FINISH HARDWARE 08700-4 r ii Rev. June 21, 2001 C. Provide devices with concealed vertical rods. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. C. The Owner reserves the right to request and pay for an inspection by a representative of the referenced organization to determine that the work of this Section has been performed in accordance with the specified requirements. D. In the event such inspection determines that the work of this Section does not comply with the specified requirements, immediately remove the non -complying items and immediately replace them with items complying with the specified requirements, all at no additional cost to the Owner, and reimburse the Owner for the cost of the inspection. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of SDI, NAAMM, AWI, ANSI/NFPA 80, BHMA, DHI, and Texas Accessibility Standards. B. The contractor shall install all finished hardware plump, square, true and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, using the best practices as approved by architect. Hardware shall be fitted and operated prior to painting, then removed and painting completed before final installation. All hardware must be thoroughly cleaned, free from mars and blemishes and in perfect operating condition when turned over to the owner. Damaged or malfunctioning hardware will not be acceptable. C. No extra costs will be allowed to facilitate proper installation of any hardware. The general contractor shall be responsible for the proper fabrication of all materials and work to receive hardware. D. Finish hardware shall be furnished with all necessary screws, bolts, or other fastenings of suitable size use and long life and shall harmonize with the hardware as to material and finish. These fastenings shall be furnished where necessary with expansion shield, security bolts, toggle bolts or other approved anchors according to the material to which it is applied and recommended by the manufacturer. All hardware fastened to concrete shall be furnished with machine screws and lead shields. Extension flushbolts shall be edge mounted in all cases. Wrought box strikes shall be furnished where strikes are mortised into wood. Strikes shall have sufficiently extended lips where required to protect trim from being marred by latch -bolts, but no more than necessary. Strikes for pairs of doors shall have 1" lips to center. All backsets of locks and latches shall be 2-3/4" from the door edge unless otherwise indicated. E. Hardware for fire doors shall conform to the requirements for NFPA 80 and NFPA 101. In case of conflict between the type of hardware specified in these specifications or the type required for fire protection, materials of equal quality and design required by NFPA, shall be furnished, at no additional cost to owner. 3.3 HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FINISH HARDWARE 08700-5 Rev. June 21, 2001 A. Door Hardware: Handles, levers, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible doors shall be mounted no higher than 48 inches above the floor or ground surface and shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or severe twisting to operate. The force required to activate door hardware shall be no greater than five lbf. Designs include lever -operated mechanisms, push -type mechanisms and U-shaped handles. When sliding doors are fully open, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. Doors to hazardous areas such as loading platforms, boiler rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, and to other areas that might be dangerous to a blind person, shall be made identifiable to the touch by a textured surface on the door handle, lever, pull or other operating hardware. This textured surface maybe made by knurling or roughening or by a material applied to the contact surface. Such textured surfaces shall not be provided for emergency exit doors or any doors other than those to hazardous areas. B. Door Closer: If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the door will take at least three (3) seconds to move to an open position of approximately 12 degrees. C. Door Opening Force: The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall comply with this paragraph. For hinged doors, the force shall be applied perpendicular to the door at the door opener or 30 inches from the hinged side, whichever is farther from the hinge. For sliding or folding doors, the force shall be applied parallel to the door at the door pull or latch. 1. Exterior hinged doors shall not exceed 8.51bf. Slight increases in opening force shall be allowed where 8.5 lbf is insufficient to compensate for air pressure differentials. 2. Sliding doors, folding doors, and interior hinged doors shall not require a force exceeding five lbf. 3. Fire doors may be adjusted to meet the minimum opening force allowed by the governing authority or applicable building code. D. Thresholds: The height of any floor level change plus the height of any applied threshold at doorway sills shall no exceed 1/2" and shall be beveled with a slope no greater than l" in 2". E. Conform to latest adopted version of the Americans with Disabilities Act and Texas Accessibility Standards criteria for positioning, operating, and opening force requirements. In case of conflict, materials of equal quality and design required by ADA or TAS shall be provided. 3.4 HARDWARE LOCATIONS A. Adjust any of the following heights, as required to maintain the existing standards established by the owner. B. Locks, latches: Finish floor to C/L of knobs, 40-5/16" C. Deadlocks: Finish to C/L of cylinder, 48" D. Push/Pull Plates: Finish floor to C/L of plate, 46" E. Flushbolts: C/L of bolt face to top (and bottom) edge of floor, 12" F. Exit Devices: Per template and installation instructions; Rails shall not conflict with door lites, mounting heights shall be adjusted to center exit rail on appropriate door rail. G. Closer, O/H Holders: Per template and installation instructions. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FINISH HARDWARE 08700-6 Rev. June 21 2001 H. Stops: To protect doors and hardware from contact with parts of the building or other conflicting doors. I. Butt Hinges: 1. Top anchor butt - per template instructions; 2. Top butt hinge - top edge of butt leaf to rabbet, 5" 3. Bottom butt hinge bottom edge of butt leaf to finish floor, 10" 4. Intermediate butt hinge - equal distant between top and bottom butts. 3.5 ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE A. Within thirty (30) days after Owner Acceptance of the Project, the subcontractor shall meet with the Owner's maintenance foreman and thoroughly instruct him in the care and adjustment of all movable hardware furnished under this division. Provide him with a Manufacturer's Parts List for all locks, exits and closer, a Bound Care and Adjustment Manual, and an adjustment tool for each type of adjustable hardware. Included shall be a copy of an approved Hardware Schedule. 3.6 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. The following list of hardware is to establish the minimum quality, quantity, and type. The hardware supplier shall review all items listed and determine that these are the proper model numbers and applications for the intended design. Hardware shall comply with T.A.S. B. The Owner's representative shall be given an opportunity to review all of the hardware proposed for this project prior to the contractor placing an order for the hardware. HDWE SET #lA HDW SET #1 DOORS #1, Pair 6 EACH HINGES TA2714 - 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 2 EACH EXIT DEVICE 12-8813 ETL 2 EACH CLOSER EB350-P9 X TB 2 EACH KICKPLATE 10" X 2" LDW 2 EACH STOP 440 1 SET GASKETING S88D 1 EACH REMOVABLE MULLION 1 EACH THRESHOLD TH040 A 1 EACH WEATHERSTRIPPING WS003 VINYL HDW SET #2 MCKINNEY DOORS #2, #3, #4, #10 3 EACH HINGES 1 EACH LATCH LEACH STOP 3 EACH SILENCERS ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. US LOB MCKINNEY US LOB SARGENT BRONZE SARGENT US 10B ROCKWOOD US1013 ROCKWOOD BLACK PEMKO ALUM ULTRA INDUSTRIES ALUM ULTRA INDUSTRIES TA2714 - 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 US LOB MCKINNEY 8204 LJ US10B SARGENT 409 US 10B ROCKWOOD 1229A TRIMCO FINISH HARDWARE 08700-7 3 EACH HINGES TA2714 - 4 1/2 X 4 1/z US10B MCKINNEY Rev. June 21, 2001 HDW SET #3 US10B 1 EACH STOP 409 DOORS #5 ROCKWOOD 1 EACH PUSH 1001 US10B 3 EACH HINGES TA2714 - 4 th X 4 1h US10B MCKINNEY 1 EACH EXIT DEVICE 12-8813 ETL US10B SARGENT 1 EACH CLOSER, HOLD OPEN EB350-P9 X TB BRONZE SARGENT 1 EACH - KICKPLATE 10" X 2" LDW US10B ROCKWOOD 1 SET GASKETING S88D BLACK PEMKO I EACH THRESHOLD TH040 A ALUM ULTRA INDUSTRIES i SET WEATHERSTRIPPING WS003 VINYL ALUM ULTRA INDUSTRIES 1 EACH DOOR BOTTOM DBO10 ULTRA INDUSTRIES 3 EACH HINGES TA2714 - 4 1/2 X 4 1/z US10B MCKINNEY 1 EACH ROLLER LATCH US10B 1 EACH STOP 409 US10B ROCKWOOD 1 EACH PUSH 1001 US10B TRIMCO - 1 EACH PULL 1017 US10B TRIMCO 3 EACH SILENCERS 1229A TRIMCO END OF SECTION 0 June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. FINISH HARDWARE 08700-8 SECTION 08800 P" GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass and glazing for sections referencing this section for products and installation. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. B. Section 08115 - Steel Doors and Frames 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. B. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Used in Buildings. C. ASTM C1036 - Flat Glass. D. ASTM C1048 - Heat -Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. E. FGMA - Glazing Manual. F. FGMA - Sealant Manual. G. FS TT -C-00598 - Caulking Compound, Oil and Resin Base Type. H. FS TT -S-001657 - Sealing Compound, Single Component, Butyl Rubber Based, Solvent Release Type. a I. FS TT -S-00230 - Sealing Compounds, Synthetic -Rubber Base, Single Component, Chemically Curing. J. FS TT -S-01543 - Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base. K. FS TT -G-410 - Glazing Compound, Sash (Mental) for Back Bedding and Face Glazing (Not for Channel or Stop Glazing). R° L. Laminators Safety Glass Association - Standards Manual. ® lune, Ol Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. GLAZING 08800- 1 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Glass and glazing materials of the section shall provide continuity of building enclosure vapor and air barrier: _ 1. In conjunction with materials described in Section 07900. 2. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout glazed assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant. B. Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass as calculated in accordance with 1985 U.B.C. in accordance with ANSI/ASTM E330: C. Limit glass deflection to 1/200 or flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials, whichever is less. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product data on glass types specified: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling, or installation requirements. C. Product data on glazing compounds: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. D. Samples: 1. Submit 2 inch long bead of glazing sealant, color as selected. 2. Submit 12" x 12" piece of each glass indicated. E. Manufacturer's installation instructions: Indicate special precautions required. F. Manufacturer's certificate: Certify that glass meets or exceeds specified requirements. — 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with FGMA Glazing Manual, FGMA Sealant Manual, SIGMA and Laminators Safety Glass Association - Standards Manual for glazing installation methods. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS — A. Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS — A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on the drawings. B. Actual site measurements are the responsibility of the contractor. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01040. B. Coordinate the work with glazing frames, wall openings, and perimeter air and vapor seal to adjacent work. © lune, OI Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. — GLAZING 08800-2 1. 11 WARRANTY A. Provide five year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Include coverage for delamination of laminated glass and replacement of same. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. PPG Industries, Inc. B. Ford Glass Division t, C. ASG Industries r** D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600 2.2 MATERIALS - GLASS A. Tempered Glass Clear 1. Type: Fully tempered light. 2. Light Transmittance: 21 % 3. Light Reflectance: 35% 4. Shading Coefficient: 0.45 5. Thickness: 1/4 inch r- 6. Conformance: ASTM 1048-85, Quality q3. 2.3 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Shall conform to ASTM C669 and as required by the glazing manufacturer. B. Butyl Sealant (Type GC -B): FS TT -S-001657; Shore A hardness of 10-20 black color; non - skinning. C. Acrylic Sealant (Type GC -C): FS TT -S-00230, Type II, Class A; single component; cured Shore A hardness of 15-25; color as selected. D. Polysulphide Sealant (Type GC -D): FS TT -S-00227, Glass A Type II; two component; cured Shore A hardness of 15-25; color as selected. - E. Polyurethane Sealant (Tupe GC -E): FS TT -5-00230, Type II -non -sag, Class A; as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Silicone Sealant (Type GC -F): FS TT -S-01543, Class A; single component; chemical solvent curing; capable of water immersion without loss of properties; cured Shore A hardness of 15-25 .*. color as selected. 2.4 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 80 - 90 Shore A durometer hardness, length of 0.1 inch for each square foot (25 mm for each square meter) of glazing or minimum 4 inch (100 mm) x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. GLAZING 08800-3 B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene, 50 - 60 Shore A durometer hardness, minimum 3 inch (75 mm) long x one half the height of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face. C. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device; 10 - 15 -- Shore A durometer hardness; coiled on release paper; black color. D. Glazing Splines: Resilient polyvinyl chloride extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; color: black. E. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS- ESTSA. A. Provide testing and analysis reports of glass under provisions of Section 01400. — PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify prepared openings under provisions of Section 01040. B. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. C. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready to receive glazing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. — C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. D. Remove all evidence of existing putty glazing from existing steel frames scheduled to be reglazed. 3.3 INSTALLATION — A. General: Comply with referenced FGMA standards and instructions of manufacturers of glass, glazing sealants, and gaskets, to achieve airtight and watertight performance, and to minimize - breakage. B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation. Inspect glass during _ installation and discard pieces with edge damage that could affect glass performance. C. Set units of glass in each series with uniformity of pattern, draw, bow and similar characteristics. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01700. B. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. C. Remove labels after work is complete. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. GLAZING 08800 -4 I r D. Carefully clean glass, do not allow finished work to become scratched. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01500. B. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste. Do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. ^^ C. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. D. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove immediately by method recommended by glass manufacturer. E. Remove and replace glass which is broker, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in other ways during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. END OF SECTION m 1_ t�4 p ®lune, OI Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. GLAZING 08800-5 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Rev. June 21, 2001 A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Metal stud wall and wall furring. B. Gypsum board. C. Taped and sanded joint treatment. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking for support of toilet accessories. B. Section 08115 - Steel Doors and Frames. C. Section 09511 - Suspended Acoustical Ceilings: Ceiling Furrdown Construction. D. Section 09900 - Painting: surface finish. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM C36 - Gypsum Wallboard. B. ANSI/ASTM C79 - Gypsum Sheathing Board. C. ANSI/ASTM C475 - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. D. ANSI/ASTM C645 - Non -Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. E. ANSI/ASTM C646 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Sheet Material to Light Gage Steel Studs. F. ANSI/ASTM C754 - Installation of Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water Resistant Backing Board. G. ANSI/ASTM E119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. H. GA -201 - Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. I. GA -216 - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 0 June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. - Unauthorized duplication prohibited. GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09260-1 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Rev. June 21, 2001 A. Fire Rating Wall Requirements: 1 hour in accordance with UL 1988 listed assembly No. U465. B. Fire Rating Sub -ceiling Requirements: 1 hour in accordance with UL 1988 listed assembly No. G501. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in gypsum board systems work with three years' documented experience. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Provide product data on metal framing, gypsum board, joint tape decorative finish, and accessories. B. Submit two samples of predecorated gypsum board 12 x 12 inch in size, one illustrating a sand texture finish and one illustrating an orange peal texture. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. United States Gypsum Co. - Gypsum Panels B. Dietrich - metal stud system. C. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: 1. Gold Bond Products, Inc. 2. Redman Industries Inc. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. — 2.2 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Interior Framing 1. Studs and Tracks: ANSI/ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, 3 5/8" by 25 gage thick, 'C' shape. 2. Furring, Framing and Accessories: ANSI/ASTM C645; 3 5/8" by 25 gage. — B. Fasteners: ANSI/ASTM C1002 C. Adhesive: ANSI/ASTM C557 and as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ANSI/ASTM C36; fire resistive type, UL rated; 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09260-2 PRO I a 2.4 ACCESSORIES Rev. June 21, 2001 t A. Corner Beads: Metal equal to Dur -A -Bead, 103 by United States Gypsum. B. Edge Trim: Metal equal to No. 200-A by United States Gypsum. F_ C. Joint Materials: ANSI/ASTM C475; reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, water, and fasteners. D. Grounds: Concealed 9 gage sheet metal or fire treated 2x wood. PART 3 EXECUTION .•� 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as instructed by the manufacturer. -; B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 METAL STUD INSTALLATION A. Install studding in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C754. a.- B. Metal Stud Spacing: 16 inches on center. C. Partition Heights: To minimum 6 inches above suspended ceilings, or as noted on drawings. Install additional bracing for partitions extending above ceiling. Allowable deflection of L/240. D. Door Opening Framing: Install double studs at door frame jambs. Install stud tracks on each side of opening, at frame head height, and between studs and adjacent studs. E. Blocking: Nail wood blocking to studs. Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, wall cabinets, toilet accessories, and hardware. F. Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and mechanical work placed in or behind partition framing. 3.3 WALL FURRING INSTALLATION A. Erect free-standing metal stud framing tight to masonry and plaster walls, attached by adjustable furring brackets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Erect furring studs vertically. Secure in place at maximum 16" on center. C. Space furring studs maximum 16 inches on center. 3.4 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION - _ A. Install gypsum board in accordance with GA 201 and GA 216. . _. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. .: GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09260-3 Rev. June 21, 2001 B. Erect single layer of gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. C. Erect single layer fire rated gypsum board vertically, with edges and ends occurring over firm bearing. _ D. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing. E. Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces as directed. F. Place corner beads at external comers as indicated. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. G. Install concealed grounds in wall framing where shown or required, if not shown, for mounting of surface hardware. Concealed grounds are not to be obvious when gypsum board system is — finished. 3.5 JOINT TREATMENT A. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and comers to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. B. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. C. Erect pre -decorated gypsum board vertically, with exposed batten fastening system. — D. Erect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09260-4 Rev. June 21, 2001 r*� SECTION 09511 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS a PART GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 GENERAL NOTES A. This contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete all acoustical ceiling work as shown on the drawings or as specified herein. This contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing and installation of all accessories required for the completion of the work. B. See reflected ceiling plan for locations of electrical and mechanical items related to the acoustical ceilings. Cooperate with electrical and mechanical contractors to insure a first class appearance in the completed work. 1.3 RELATED SECTION A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout 1.4 COOPERATION A. This contractor shall consult and cooperate with trades whose work precedes and follows ceiling installation to permit orderly procedure in executing work under this contract. Installation of tile shall not start until foundation work to receive the the has been obtained to proceed. The contractor shall give the architect advance notices for such operations. B. The contractor shall inspect personally all surfaces to receive material and shall report to the architect any defects or conditions which would affect his installation. C. When crown molding is included in project, this contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with the carpentry contractor to see that a uniform border is maintained around the ceiling area. 1.5 WARRANTY A. This contractor shall furnish a written warranty that the work under this division shall be free from defects of materials and workmanship for a period of two years from the date of final acceptance of his work, and all other work damaged thereby, which becomes defective during the term of the warranty. B. The following shall be judged as defective work: loosening, buckling, undue shrinkage, warping, cracking, settling, chipping, spotting, and loss of acoustical properties of material. 1.6 SUBMITTAL A. Submit to the architect for approval four sets of manufacturer's literature describing the ceiling boards and suspension system proposed for the project. pm ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09511-1 Rev. June 21,2001 PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1 MATERIALS A. Ceiling board shall be 24 x 48 x 5/8 inches square edged, random fissured mineral fiber with an NRC of at least .50 to .60, STC of 35 to 39, Class A rating, and a white color coating. 1. USG Interiors, Inc. - OMNI - 2. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. - MINABOARD B. Exposed suspension system shall be equal to DONN, DX system, white enameled steel. Main beams shall be generally spaced at 48 inches on center except where light fixture locations dictate a 24 inch spacing. Use 48 inch cross tees and 24 inch sub cross tees. Wall angle shall be white enameled steel. Provide an intermediate -duty classification. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXPOSED SUSPENSION SYSTEM - A. The contractor shall employ workmen who are experienced in the erection of the types of ceilings specified and shall maintain competent supervision of the work at all times. B. Erect runner level and true to the elevation shown on the drawings. Start channels a minimum of 1 foot from walls, and space 4 feet on center thereafter. Where splices occur in channels, use special splice bars as furnished with system specified. C. Lay out ceiling work symmetrically in the various rooms with no less than one-half tile at the walls. Cut tile accurately around electrical outlets. D. Upon completion of the work, all tile shall be cleaned and left free form defects of any kind. With the approval of the architect, small abrasions, etc., may be touched up with paint. E. In general, lighting fixtures of fluorescent type shall be suspended directly on the runner bars. Where fixture centers between two runner bars, both shall be main runner bars. See reflected ceiling plans for fixture locations. F. The use of wall angles to support more than 1 foot of suspended acoustical board ceilings will not be permitted. 3.2 HANGERS A. Hanger wires shall be #12 soft annealed wire. Hanger wires shall be plumb and taut in the completed work. Slanting of hanger wires will not be permitted unless an equal and opposite hanger wire is installed to offset the thrust of the original wire hanger. This may be done only with the expressed permission of the architect. B. Where hanger wires occur directly under ductwork or other overhead obstructions, provide a trapeze of 1-1/2 inch channel iron. Install regular hanger wire at proper location along the length of trapeze. C.. The use of bridging angles spanning between bar joists is expressly forbidden for attachment of hanger wires for supporting ceiling suspension systems. m June, Ol Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09511-2 D. Hanger wires shall be attached to the bottom chords of bar joists or to s ec' attached to steel subpurlins supportingRev. June 21, toot the roof deck. P ial scissor clips E. Where acoustical board ceilings occur below concrete structur studs With eyes into vertical face of concrete joists. al members provide power driven 3.3 INSTALLATION OF TILES A. Phase I: Contractor shall Only install ceiling tiles in which a building system is through the tile in order to complete the installation of the building system. anchored to or I Once Phase I is complete and systems are operational, the contractor shall s with the owner ,pre -final building system walk through.schedule 2• Do not install ceiling tiles that do not support a building system component, systems are to be visible for walk building B. through. Phase II: After pre -final walk through and all corrective work is completed, ceiling tiles. install balanc I • Complete ceiling system is to be installed prior to final project walk throw h. e of ,4 EXTRA TILE g A. Upon completion of the work furnish to the owner one unopened carton acoustical board installed in the project. n of each type of END OF SECTION ®June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architect,Inc Unauthorized duplication prohibited, , . SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09511-3 P" Rev. June 21, 2001 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-1 A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. �•+ 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient vinyl composition tile flooring. B. Resilient base. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting ,+.. 1.4 REFERENCES ` A. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. FS L -F-475 - Floor Covering, Vinyl Surface (Tile and Roll), with Backing. C. FS SS -T-312 - Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, Vinyl Composition. , D. FS SS -W-40 - Wall Base: Rubber and Vinyl Plastic. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements in accordance with ASTM E84. h is 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Provide product data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics, sizes, patterns and colors. B. Submit two samples 12 x 12 inches in size, illustrating color and pattern for each floor material specified. C. Submit manufacturers samples of base material for their standard colors. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. r" 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re -waxing. ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-1 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Rev. June 21, 2001 A. Store materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. B. Maintain ambient temperature required by adhesive manufacturer three days prior to, during, and 24 hours after installation of materials. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 10 percent of the base and floor tile materials of each color selected under provisions of Section 01700. _ PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Tile Flooring: Armstrong World Industries; GAF " Tarkett" B. Base: Roppe Inc; Mercer Plastic Company, Inc. C. Reducer Strips: Mercer Plastic Company, Inc. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Tile Flooring 1. Vinyl Composition Tile: FS SS -T-312, Type IV, Composition 1; 12 x 12 inch size, 1/8 inch thick; design as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.. Equal to Armstrong World Industries Standard Excelon. B. Base 1. Base: FS SS -W-40, Type I rubber; 4 inch high; 1/8 inch thick; top set coved: Color selected by architect. Equal to Roppe. C. Accessories 1. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by flooring material. 2. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. 3. Reducer Strips and edge mouldings, equal to model #910 snap down moulding manufactured by Mercer Plastics Company, Inc. Color as selected by architect. 4. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and are ready to receive work. B. Verify concrete floors are dry to a maximum moisture content of 7 percent, and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-2 Rev. June 21, 2001 C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with subfloor filler. B. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave a smooth, flat hard surface. C. Prohibit traffic from area until filler is cured. "* D. Vacuum clean substrate. 3.3 INSTALLATION - TILE MATERIAL PW A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mix vinyl tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent. C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. "^ D. Set flooring in place and press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. E. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce minimum number of seams. F. Install the with pattern grain alternating with adjacent unit to produce basket weave pattern. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile width at room or area perimeter. G. Install sheet flooring to eliminate seams. H. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. u I. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, and where flooring terminates. J. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 3.4 INSTALLATION - BASE MATERIAL A. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches between joints. .tea B. Miter internal corners. At external corners. C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. !! ® June. 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. ` RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-3 Rev. June 21, 2001 3.6 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean, seal, and wax floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-4 11 r SECTION 09900 PAINTING tz PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS "" A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Surface preparation. k B. Surface finish schedule. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System. r 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. B. ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. C. SSPC - SP1 - Solvent Cleaning D. SSPC - SP2 - Hand Tool Cleaning 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ANSI/ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish products .: with five years experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with three years documented experience. C. Flame Spread: Interior finishes must meet Class II flame spread, 26-75 index, or less. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Provide product data on all finishing products. B. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. ® June, O1 Chapman Harvey Architects. Inc. au Unthorized duplication prohibited. PAINTING 09900-1 C. Submit two samples 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating range of colors and textures available for each surface finishing product scheduled, after color selection. — D. Submit manufacturer's application instructions under provisions of Section 01300. E. Certify that material installed on this project does not contain insecticide, mildewcide, and no more than 0.06 percent lead. 1.8 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide one field sample panel, 12 inches long by 12 inches wide, illustrating special texture, and finish. B. Accepted sample may not remain as part of the work. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Deliver products to site in sealed and labelled containers; inspect to verify acceptance. — D. Container labelling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. — E. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45° F and a maximum of 960F, in well ventilated area, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. — F. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 55° F for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50 — percent, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 55° F for interiors; 65° F for exterior; _ unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65° F for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. — E. Provide lighting level of 50 footcandles measured mid -height at substrate surface. 1.11 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide one gallon containers of each color and surface texture to owner. — ® lune, Ol Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. PAINTING 09900-2 A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Interior Located Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. 4. Exterior Located Wood: 12 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.2 PREPARATION ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. t Unauthorized duplication prohibited. PAINTING 09900-3 B. Label each container with color, texture, and room locations in addition to the manufacturer's t label. - A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Interior Located Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. 4. Exterior Located Wood: 12 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.2 PREPARATION ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. t Unauthorized duplication prohibited. PAINTING 09900-3 B. Label each container with color, texture, and room locations in addition to the manufacturer's label. - PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - PAINT A. Glidden Coatings and Resins Division of SCM Corporation. B. PPG Industries, Inc. Coatings and Resins Division. C. Kelly -Moore Paint Co., Inc. D. Sherwin Williams Company. E. Monarch Paint Company. F. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. B. Coatings: Good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. C. Accessory Materials:. Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners, and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. 2.3 FINISHES A. Refer to schedule at end of section for surface finish schedule. PART 3 EXECUTION , 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Interior Located Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. 4. Exterior Located Wood: 12 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.2 PREPARATION ® lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. t Unauthorized duplication prohibited. PAINTING 09900-3 A. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. C. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri -sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. - E. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. F. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. G. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri -sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to completely and thoroughly dry. H. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. _ Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. 1. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, scale, dirt and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts "are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. J. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Prime metal items including shop primed items. K. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. L. Concrete Paving Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove foreign particles to permit adhesion of finishing materials. M. Hollow Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal top and bottom edges with primer. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfiguration. B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this section. C. Furnish drop cloths, shields and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site. ® June, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. PAINTING 09900-4 3.4 APPLICATION A. APPLY products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry, C. Apply each coat to uniform finish. •�* D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than proceeding coat unless otherwise approved. E. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. tom, F. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. G. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. H. Prime back surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint. r I Prime back surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with Ioss varnish reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. g J. Apply new paint as specified on new and renovated existing surfaces. The entire renovated surface shall be painted, not just the repaired portion. Renovated surfaces shall floor to ceiling, corner to corner, or break in surface plane, be painted from K. Repainting the entire surface (new, renovated, ore xisting): shall be required if the damaged by construction activities. The architect will make the final determinat on•surface is 3.5 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Paint shop primed equipment only, do not paint labels or pre -finished equipment. B• Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and expose hangers, finished. brackets, collars and supports, except where items are pred ducts, C. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when en painted accidently. 3.6 CLEANING A.As wo_ rk _ proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, lashed or spattered. B. During progress of work, maintain premises free of unnecess equipment, surplus materials, and debris. ar3' accumulation of tools, C. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.7 SCHEDULE OF PAINTING A. The kinds and brands of paint and number of coats required on the various surfaces shall those listed below. The types of paint are identified with Pittsburg Paint or Sherwin Willi numbers. elune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. PAINTING 09900-5 B. The owner and architect shall select color, tint, and sheen from manufacturer's standard color chart. C. Exterior and Interior Metal: 6 Speedhide enamel undercoat 1. First Coat: PPG 6- 2, Second Coat: PPG 6-252 Series Speedhide enamel 3. Third Coat: PPG 6-252 Series Speedhide enamel D. Interior Wood: For paint finish I First Coat: PPG 6-6 Speedhide enamel undercoat 2. Second Coat: PPG 90 1 0 Series low sheen enamel 3, Thud Coat: Series low sheen enamel E. Interior Wood: For transparent finish stain I. First Coat: Rez 77 line semi -transparent 2, Second Coat: PPG Speedhide 6-10 sanding sealer flat lacuer PG 3 lrd Coat: urth coat: pPPG iLo sheen va ish or 4. Fourth or flat lacquer F. Gypsum Board Walls and Ceilings wall sealer I , First Coat: PPG 6-2 Speedhide dry 2, Second Coat: PPG 6-510 Speedhide acryCi lateenamel l x enamel 3. Third Coat: PPG 6-510 Speedhide acry G Galvanized Metal I, First Coat: PPG 6-209 galvanized steel primer 2, Second Coat: PPG 6-252 Series Speedhide enamel 3, Third Coat: PPG 6-252 Speedhide enamel H. Concrete and Asphalt Pavement paint, 1L Line yellow unless noted I, First Coat: PPG Traffic & Zone Marking otherwise. Paint, accessible parking zones to recieve a 2, Second Coat: PPG Traffic &Zone Marking second coat. 1, Concrete Unit Masonry I, First Coat: SW ProMar B25 Block Filler 2, Second Coat: SW A-100 Satin Latex A82 3, Third Coat: SW A-100 Satin Latex A82 J. Concrete Walks paint, blue unless noted otherwise. I , First Coat: PPG Traffic &Zone Marking Accessible ramps and sloped walks. END OF SECTION 0 lune, 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. unauthorized duplication Prohibited. PAINTING o9900-6 PART GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Interior toilet room signs. �-* 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit letter style and colors for selection. �* 1.5 WARRANTY A. Submit according to Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS asre 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. Gravoply 7 B. Andco 2.2 PLASTIC SIGNS A. Andco, Series 850 with radius comers. Color to be selected from manufacturer's color chart. B. Flexible blended acrylic extruded sheet. Layers permanently bonded together, two colors. C. Letter style to Helvetica Medium, two inches high. Text and emblems to be raised from background. Text is also to be stated in braille along the bottom of each sign. D. Foam tape mounting to wall. car., PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 MOUNTING PLASTIC SIGNS A. Signs are to be set level to the floor. Center line of sign to be 60 inches above floor. 0 June. 01 Chapman Harvey Architects, Inc. Unauthorized duplication prohibited. PM SIGNS 10440-1 B. Signs are to be mounted to the wall, no more than 12 inches from the strike side of door for which the room sign is identifying. 3.2 SIGN TEXT AND GRAPHICS A. Men's, room 104: MEN, accessible emblem, braille B. Women's, room 105: WOMEN, accessible emblem, braille 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean signs and adjacent surfaces of any adhesive residue, mastic, concrete, mortar, etc. B. Protect signs from damage until substantial completion is accomplished and accepted by the Architect. C. Remove all protective covers, wrappings, or tape prior to substantial completion. END OF SECTION 0 Jun01 Chapman Harvey Architects. Ina Unauthorized duplication prohibited. SIGNS 10440-2 SECTION 15010 GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 A. The work covered by this section of the specifications includes the furnishing of all materials and labor as required for the installation of the plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, all as shown on the drawings, as herein specified, or both. RELATED DOCUN4ENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. SUBMITTAL A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. This Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of all submittal data covering proposed equipment to the Architect for approval prior to installation. All equipment shall be submitted at one time in a bound folder with an index of submittal. REGULATIONS A. All work shallbe done in strict accordance and compliance with State and Local Laws, together with regulations of the particular Utility Companies concerned. B. Obtain permits as required by the local authorities. C. All work shall comply with all applicable ASHRAE standards. D. All work shall comply with HUD minimum property standards for housing and local building codes. DRAWINGS A. The drawings and the specifications are numbered consecutively. Each Contractor shall check these drawings and specifications thoroughly and shall notify the Architect of any discrepancies or omissions of sheets or pages. Upon notification, the Architect will promptly provide the Contractor with any missing portions of the drawings and/or specifications. No discrepancies or omissions of sheets or pages of the Contract Documents will relieve the Contractor of his duty to provide all work required by the complete Contract. B. The plans accompanying these specifications are intended to show the general arrangement and the extent of the work contemplated. The Contractor shall inspect the site before bidding to verify the actual conditions involved as no allowance will be made for unforeseen conditions. The exact location and arrangement of all parts shall be determined after equipment has been approved by the Architect and as directed by the Architect. All materials or labor necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these specifications shall be furnished by each Contractor without additional charge as if called for in these specifications or shown on the plans. GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS 15010-1 C. Should the particular equipment which any bidder proposes to install require other space conditions, supports or clearances other than those indicated on the drawings, he shall arrange for such items with the Architect before submitting his bid. Should changesbecomenecessary on account of failure to comply with this clause, the Contractor shall make such necessary changes at his (the Contractor's) own expense. D. This Contractor shall verify all existing conditions that may effect his work including exact location and size of all plumbing lines, direction of flow, ductwork, existing equipment and connectionpoints. Any discrepancies from conditions shown on the drawings shall be reported to the Architect before bidding and the bid price shall include the cost to correct any discrepancies to provide a complete and workable system. E. This Contractor shall thoroughly lay out all his work and check all conditions to insure that the work as shown on the Drawings can be installed without modifications. No material shall be fabricated or delivered to the job until these conditions have been determined. F. The Owner or Owner's Representative reserves the right to make changes during construction, if required, and no allowances will be made for prefabricated material or on job materials which can not be used due to actual conditions. 1.6 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A. Where manufacturer's names are mentioned in these specifications, it has been done, in most cases, in order to establish a standard. Where the phrase "or equal", or its equivalent is used in connection with a particular item of material or equipment, the products of others than the particular manufacturers mentioned will be acceptable, if of suitable type and construction, but any substitution must be of quality as good as, or better than, the named article. Where the phrase "or equal" or its equivalent, is not used in connection with a particular item of material or equipment only the products of the manufacturers mentioned will be acceptable. B. If the Contractor elects to substitute other equipment or materials for that specifiedby name, he shall be fully responsible for all coordination with other trades involved. Any expense incurred because of modifications to accommodate larger sizes, larger electrical service, fuel piping requirements resulting from such substitution shall be borne by the Contractor substituting other equipment. C. Upon being awarded the Contract for the work under one of the following sections, the Contractor shall, within thirty (30) days, submit for approval a complete list of the materials which he proposes to use. The list shall give the manufacturer's names and designations corresponding to every item and where submitted materials are different from that specified by name, the submission shall be accompanied by a complete descriptive literature and/or .any supplementary data and drawings, necessary to give full and complete details for the completed installation. D. Any item on this list which is rejected because of unsuitability or inferior quality, must be replaced by an acceptable item within two (2) weeks following notification of the Contractor of such rejection. If no satisfactory material is submitted within two (2) weeks, then the Architect reserves the right to notify the Contractor as to the type and make of materials he will be required to furnish. Six (6) copies of the material and the equipment list shall be furnished by the Contractor in neat and firmly bound brochures for approval. 1.7 PRECEDENCE A. The work covered in this section shall have precedence over each other in accordance with the _ GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS 15010-2 1.8 1.9 following sequence: 1. Soil and waste piping 2. Duct work 3. Cold and hot water piping 4. Electric wiring COOPERATION A. Each contractor shall cooperate with the General Contractor and all other contractors to properly coordinate their work, to avoid interference and delays, and arrange all parts of the work so as to harmonize in service and appearance with all other parts. INTERFERENCES A. The plans are generally diagrammatic and the Contractor must harmonize the work of the different trades so that interference between piping, equipment, architectural and structural work will be avoided. All necessary offsets in piping, fittings, etc., required to properly install the work must be kept as close as possible to walls, ceiling, columns, etc., so as to take up the minimum amount of space, and all offsets, fittings, etc., required to accomplish it must be furnished and installed by the contractor without additional cost to the Owner. B. Exact locations of mechanical and electrical outlets or equipment may be varied a reasonable amount by the Architect before installation without additional cost to the Owner. C. All equipment and controls shall be so located and arranged that all parts will be available for proper maintenance. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. Materials shall be new unless otherwise specified and of the quality specified. Materials shall be free from any defects. Materials and equipment for which the Underwriters' Laboratories have established as standard, shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and shall bear their label. B. Each Contractor shall be responsible for transportation of his materials to the job and shall be responsible for the storage and protection of same. This will be provided until final acceptance of the job. C. Each Contractor shall provide protection against weather, so as to maintain all materials and equipment free from injury and damage. All new work likely to be damaged shall be covered during the day and at the end of each day. D. Each Contractor will furnish all necessary scaffolding, tackle, tools, appurtenances and all labor n required for the safe and expeditious execution of this contract. E. The workmanship shall be in all respects, the highest grade and all construction in accordance with "^ the best practice of the trade. r�* GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS 15010-3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SOUND ISOLATION A. To prevent sound transmission and vibration, all operating equipment shall be isolated from the building construction by means of mountings designed to obtain the highest efficiency of sound isolation. Isolator sizes and methods of installation shall be in accordance with recommendations of Chapter 46 of the 1999 ASHRAE Handbook "HVAC Applications." 3.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. The Contractor for the work covered by each section of these specifications shall furnish and install all foundations and supports required by equipment included in his work. B. All piping, both vertical and horizontal, shall be supported at sufficient close intervals to keep its alignment, prevent sagging and to prevent pipe from being supported by equipment or equipment connections. C. Vertical pipes shall be supported from floor with riser clamps sized to fit the lines and adequately 7 support their weight. Vertical copper tubing, 1-1/4" and smaller shall be supported at 3' intervals and at the base of pipe risers, where required for proper support. Hangers shall be manufactured by Kindorff, Unistrut, Elcen or equal. Where multiple pipes are indicated, they may be supported on ... a continuous hanger. All hangers must meet the Architect's approval. Use of perforated straps will not be permitted. D. All horizontal pipes suspended with structure above shall be supported by hanger rods of the following size: 1. Pipes up to and including 2" 3/8" rods 2. 2-1/2" and 3" pipe 1/2" rods 3. 4" and 5" pipe 5/8" rods 4. 6" pipe 3/4" rods �., E. Where pipes are supported from overhead concrete construction, the hanger rods shall be provided as detailed on the plans. F. Soil pipe shall be supported at all turns and at intervals not to exceed 5' on centers on straight runs. The following table gives maximum hanger spacing for copper and steel lines but hangers shall be more closely spaced where necessary: e.., SIZE OF LINE HANGER SPACING 3/4" and smaller 5' 1„ 6' 1-1/4" 7' 1-1/2" 8' 2" to 4" 10' Larger than 4" 12' rte+ G. If pipes of different Contractors can be racked on the same supporting structure, each Contractor shall cooperate with the other involved to properly locate the supporting members and shall furnish a proportionate share of the labor and materials involved in the installation. GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS 15010-4 rte+ mot 3.3 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF PIPES F" A. Swing joints, turns, expansion loops, or long offsets, shall be provided wherever shown on the ' drawings, and where necessary to allow for the expansion of piping within the building. Broken 3.4 3.5 UP pipes or fittings due to rigid connection shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Anchors shall be installed where shown or required to control expansion of piping system. Anchors shall be of the clamp type securely fastened to the building structure. UNIONS A. Unions shall not be placed in any pipe in a location which will be inaccessible after completion of the building unless shown on drawings or specified. Unions shall be installed on both sides of all valves, regulators, check valves, traps, etc., so that such equipment may be readily disconnected. Where copperpipe joins iron or steel pipe, an insulation union using a "Bakelite" insulator shall be used. ESCUTCHEONS A. Where exposed to view, pipes insulated or bare, passing through floors, walls, or ceilings, shall be filled with near, heavy spun or stamped steel escutcheons, firmly secured to the pipes. Escutcheons shall be of sufficient outside diameter to surround both the pipe and the sleeves. The sleeve shall have a nickel plated finish, fabricated in one piece and shall be firmly anchored in space. "Snap -on" type escutcheons will not be permitted. UTILITY CONNECTIONS A. Utility connection locations, depths, sizes, characteristics and capacities shall be verified by each Contractor utilizing these items and any discrepancies from those shown on the plans shall be brought to the Architect's attention before bidding. Any and all utility connections shall be made by the Contractor, as required, with no increase to the Owner above the price indicated in the Contractor's proposal. 3.7 PAINTING A. No painting will be required under this section. 3.8 TESTING A. This contractor shall test all plumbing lines and equipment as described under "Testing" section of these specifications. 3.9 ELECTRICAL A. Electric motors shall be of the speed, phase and voltage as specified and shall be of type recommended by motor manufacturer for type of service involved. B. The Contractor furnishing the motor shall install it. The Contractor shall furnish such motor controls and starting equipment as specified or as required. The erection and connection of all switches, starting and control equipment, and the wiring of same, shall be done as required. Conduits from controllers to motors shall be flexible for not over three feet (3') and shall be attached to the terminal housing of the motor. All flexible conduit to motor shall be waterproof type with neoprene jacket. GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS 15010-5 'I C. Where automatic controls are called for in the Plumbing, Heating and Air Conditioning specifications, the control instruments, such as motorized dampermotors, motorized valves, etc., shall be installed by the Contractor furnishing the controls, but all wiring necessary e done by the Electrical Contractor. The Contractor furnishing the controls shall furnish antrol shall bwiring diagram to the Electrical Contractor. D. Starters on air cooled condensing units shall be fiunished by the equipment manufacturer. Starters for Heating and Ventilating units shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. The Refrigeration Contractor shall design, furnish, and install all other electrical panels and wiring starting at the end of designed main electrical feeders as shown on the drawings. 3.10 FLASHING A. Vent pipes shall be flashed and made watertight at the roof with Dektite flashings. r7 3.11 PIPE SLEEVES A. Each contractor shall provide sleeves for service lines passing through walls, roof or floors, subject to Architect's approval and/or as shown on the Drawings. Pipes passing through interior wall sleeves shall be free to move through sleeve. Sleeves exposed to view shall be equipped with cast brass escutcheons. B. All sleeves installed in verticalposition shall be constructed of standard weight galvanized steel pipe. All sleeves in horizontal position shall be constructed of standard weight steel or extra heavy cast iron pipe unless otherwise noted, welded to steel plate in vertical position as detailed on the drawings. Pipe sleeve diameter shall be a minimum of 2 diameters larger than the outside of pipe passing through same, and a minimum of 1" larger than pipe plus insulation. Insulation shall pass through sleeves. C. Where pipe extends through exterior walls below grade, oversize pipe sleeves, 2 diameters larger,made of standard weight steel pipe shall be used, and the annular space between service pipe and sleeves shall be filled with picked oakum and cement, or lead where required, to make a waterproof joint. D. All sleeves shall be installed flush with finished surfaces and/or as detailed on the Drawings. Copper pipes passing through steel pipe sleeves shall be installed with rubber insulation between pipe and sleeves Isolator insulation shall be similar to Johns -Manville Aeratube. E. Where any pipe passes through fire walls, smoke walls, and concrete slabs between floors, the Contractor shall furnish and install fire seals, U.L. listed, type LS, link -seal, as manufactured by Thunderline Corp., or approved equal. Fire and smoke seals shall be installed in steel pipe sleeve of correct size for pipe and insulation. 3.12 INSULATING COUPLINGS A. This Contractor shall furnish and install insulating couplings whereverpiping material changes from galvanized steel pipe to copper, or from black steel to copper, and where shown on the drawings. 3.13 INSULATION A. Furnish and install pipe, duct, and equipment insulation as specified under "Insulation" section of these specifications. GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS 15010-6 9 0 r 3.14 LABELS A. This Contractorshall label allvalveswithpermanentmetal name tags, 1-1/2" diameterby 3/16" thick brass name tags. Each tag shall describe fully the function of each valve by a stamped number on each side of tag and legend mounted under glass in each Mechanical Room. Each tag shall be applied to the handle of each valve with a hog ring and wrench. B. Heating and air conditioning units shall have a permanent metal tag or laminated plastic (min. thickness .093 inch) attached by riveting to identify as shown on the drawings. Letters on tag shall be 1/4" to 3/8" in height. 3.15 FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES A. All exposed pipes passing through floors, ceiling, or walls shall be provided with approved nickel or chromium plated cast brass ceiling plates securely attached with set screws. 3.16 DEMOLITION A. Each contractor shall remove those items shown on the plans to be removed for each respective trade. B. All items to be removed or discarded are property of the Owner and shall be stacked as directed by the Architect or Owner unless notified by the Architect to become property of the Contractor in which case all items shall be removed from the site. 3.17 EQUAL MATERIAL CONSIDERATION A. Approval of equipment other than that specified does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of modifying the equipment if necessary to meet Structural, Architectural, Electrical, or Mechanical conditions as detailed and specified on the drawings. 3.18 INSTRUCTION MANUALS A. Furnish four (4) complete bound copies of Instruction Manuals on all operating equipment to Owner. Manuals: complete with repair instructions, replacement parts list, and complete operating instructions and wiring diagrams. 3.19 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS A. After completion of the work but before final payment is made, the Contractor shall run test over a sufficient period of time to prove the proper capacity and performance of apparatus, etc., and of system as a whole to the approval of the Architect and Engineer. See Testing section of the Specifications. 3.20 GUARANTEE A. This Contractor shall guarantee the workmanship and material against defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance, unless specified otherwise in other sections of this specification. END OF SECTION GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS 15010-7 r SECTION 15020 TESTING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide specified testing and testing as required by governing authorities. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PART 3 3.1 A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit a certificate signed by the job superintendent certifying that all tests have been satisfactorily completed. EXECUTION MECHANICAL SYSTEMS A. All testing required under the contract of the plumbing contractor or heating and ventilating and air conditioning contractor shall be approved by the Engineer before acceptance. Soil or waste piping located underground shall be tested before backfilling. Provide the necessary valves for cutting off existing work not to be tested. B. The contractor shall perform the various tests as specified and as required by State and Local Authorities. The Contractor shall furnish all fuel and materials necessary for making tests. C. Any leaks or defective material found shall be repaired and replaced, and tests shall be repeateduntil no further leaks or defects are indicated. D. Drainage System: The entire drainage and venting system shall have all necessary openings plugged to permit the entire system to be filled with water to the level of the highest vent stack without showing a drop of greaterthan four inches (4"). Where a portion of the system is to be tested, the test shall be conducted in the same manner as described for the entire system, except that a vertical stack ten feet (10') above the highest horizontal line to be tested may be installed and filled with water to maintain sufficient pressure, or a pump may be used to supply the required pressure. The pressure shall be maintained for four (4) hours. E. All Domestic Hot and Cold Water System: Upon completion of any part of the roughing -in and setting of fixtures, the entire hot and cold water piping system shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 lbs. per square inch gauge, stand proof tight at this pressure for not less than eight (S) hours. Each particularpart of the hot and cold water system shall be tested as above speed. TESTING 15020-1 F. Air Balancing: All supply and return air registers shall be balanced by the Contractor to supply CFM shown, and results of all tests, together with type of equipment used, shall be submitted to the Architect's office at completion of the job, and if the Architect deems it necessary, this Contractor shall perform such tests as may be necessary to illustrate to the satisfaction of the Architect that equipment installed performs properly. All balancing of air shall be done by the Contractor in the presence of the Architect's Field Representative. If Contractor does balance air systems, but work is not done in the presence of the Architect's field representative, all work shall be redone in the presence of the Architect's field representative. END OF SECTION 15020-2 0 SECTION 15060 PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIP'T'ION A. This contract shall include the furnishing and installation of all labor and material necessary to complete all plumbing and gas fitting as shown on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.3 SUB11v1ITTAL A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be furnished as part of this project. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING GENERALLY A. Type of piping for the various systems shall be as specified under specific headings. B. Pipe ends shall be square cut. Ends of pipes shall be reamed and shall be wiped clean to remove cuttings. Before installation, pipe shall be stood on end and rapped sharply to remove cuttings and other foreign material from interior. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and outside. C. Screwed joints shall be made with best linseed oil and graphite or "Jointite" used on male threads only. Omit compound on two (2) end starting threads. D. Pipe shall be accurately cut to fit. Bending or springing of pipe will not be permitted. E. The various service pipes, valves, fittings, etc., running parallel with each other and near together shall be in line with each other and shall be kept a sufficient distance from each other and other work, to permit not less than 1/2" between finished coverings on the different services. F. No unions are to be placed in any pipe in a location which will be inaccessible after completion of the building unless so shown on drawings or specified. Unions must be installed on each side of all special valves, regulators, etc., and one (1) side of all check valves, thermostatic traps, and at all pieces of equipment such as pumps, condensers, tanks, etc., so that such equipment may be readily disconnected. G. Each Contractor shall furnish all foundations, structural or pipe supports indicated or called for specifically, or that may be required to support his particular equipment and material, unless hangers are definitely indicated as being furnished by others. All horizontal runs of piping shall be securely supported by pipe hangers spaced not more than 10' apart, and closer when necessary to prevent sagging. Soil pipe shall be supported every 5'. PIPING 15060-1 r H. Perforated strap hangers will not be allowed for any part of hangers. I. Swing joints, offsets, and anchors shall be provided in piping where required to provide for and control expansion or contraction of pipe. J. All piping, except waste piping, shall be installed above finished first floor slab, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 2.2 EQUAL MATERIALS CONSIDERATION A. Approval of equipment other than that specified does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of modifying the equipment if necessary to meet Structural, Architectural, Electrical, or Mechanical conditions as detailed and specified on the drawings. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Locations for various kinds of pipe materials shall be in accordance with the schedule following: 1. Plastic DWV pipe and fittings: a. Underground sanitary drainage piping within the building line and exterior of the building line. b. Aboveground vent and drainage piping. 2. Type L hard drawn copper with brass solder fittings: a. Aboveground domestic water piping within the building 4" and smaller in size. b. Drainage pipe where shown on the drawings. 3. Type K hard drawn copper with brass solder fittings: a. Domestic water supply piping underground, inside masonry wails, and under concrete slabs within the building line and elsewhere as noted. b. Condensate piping from refrigerant cooling coil to floor drain, or waste line. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 COPPER WATER PIPING A. Pipe and tubing shall be cut accuratelyto measurements established at the building by the Contractor and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Care shall betaken not to weaken the structural portions of the building. Piping aboveground shall be run parallel with the lines of the building unless otherwise shown or noted on the drawings. Branches from service lines may be taken off top of main, bottom of main, or side of main, using such crossover fittings as may be required by structural or installation conditions. Service pipes, valves, and fittings shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work and not less than 1/2" between finished covering on the different - services. No water piping shall be buried in floors unless specifically indicated on the drawings or approved. Changes in sizes shall be made with reducing fittings. The use of long screws and bushing will not be permitted. Where contractor connects copper to galvanized steel piping or hot water heaters, furnish and install insulating couplings. 0 B. Drains indicated on the drawings in connection with the water distribution system shall be 1/2" brass plugs. Additional drains shall be installed at low points on the hot-water and cold-waterpiping, and all piping shall grade down to the drains. C. Allowance shall be made throughout for expansion and contraction or tubing. Horizontal runs of tubing over 50' in length shall be anchored to the wall or to the supporting construction about midway on the run to force expansion, evenly divided, toward the ends. PIPING 15060-2 D. Air chambers shall be provided on both hot and cold supplies near each faucet or control valve, as applicable, and where not definitely shown on the drawings shall consist of a 12" length of tubing of the same diameter as the branch supply, fitted with a cap. E. Tubing shall be cut square, and burrs shall be removed. Both inside of fittings and outside of tubing shall be well cleaned with steel wool before sweating. Care shall be taken to prevent annealing of fittings and tubing when making connections. All joints shall be made with fittings. Joints for aboveground soldered fittings shall be made with a non -corrosive paste flux and solid string silver solder, and all underground joints shallbe made with silfos only. Cored solder will not be permitted. Threaded swing j oints shall be provided on all branch connections to mains and risers to provide for expansion and contraction of tubing. 95-5 solder shall be used to make joints extending to fixture only. F. Underground piping shall be a minimum of 24" below finish and/or natural grades. 3.2 DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER VALVES AND FITTINGS A. Valves and fittings for all domestic cold water and hot water services shall be as follows: 1. Gate valves 3" and smaller shall be Crane, Nibco or Milwaukee Class 125 bronze. 2. Globe valves 3" and smaller shall be Crane, Nibco or Milwaukee Class 125 bronze. 3. Strainers shall be 125 psi, bronze body, screwed ends, of sizes shown on the drawings. 4. Swing check valves 3" and smaller shall be Crane, Nibco or Milwaukee Class 125 bronze. 5. Buried water valves shall be AWWA valves, same as specified above with extended valve stem extensions. Valve sizes shall be same as pipe size receiving same. Valve stem extensions shall extend up to within V top of valve box. Provide valve operator to Owner at completion of job. 3.3 PIPE HANGERS AND FDMJRE SUPPORTS A. Pipe hangers and fixture supports shall be furnished and set, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their proper and permanent locations. B. Horizontal runs of copper tubing shall be supported by approved steel plastic coated hangers spaced not more than 8' o. c. Horizontal runs of drainage and vent pipes shall be supported by adjustable expansionpipe hangers having bolted hinged loops and tumbuckles, or an approved equal. Hangers on drainage and vent pipe shall be spaced not more than 10' o. c. Hanger and collars shall be of size proportionate to the weight of the pipe supported. C. Fixtures and equipment shall be supported and fastened in a satisfactory manner. Where secured to concrete or brickwork walls, they shall be fastened with brass expansion bolts. Expansionbolts shall be 1/4" brass bolts with 20 threads to the inch and of sufficient length to extend at least 3" into solid concrete or brickwork, fitted with loose tubing or sleeves of proper length to bring expansion sleeves in the solid concrete or brick wall. Where secured to file walls or partitions, they shall be fastened with 1/4" brass toggle or through bolts. Where through bolts are used, they shall be provided with plates or washers at back, set so that heads, nuts, and washers will be concealed by plaster. Bolts and nuts shall be hexagon, and exposed bolts, nuts, and screw heads shall be provided with chromium plated brass washers. D. Copper pipe hangers shall be similar to Grinnell No. 260 with plastic coating for non -insulated water piping and Grinnell No. 300 for insulated water piping. Drainage and vent pipe hangers shall be similar to Grinnell No. 590. �. PIPING 15060-3 3.4 VALVE DESIGNATIONS A. All valves shall be provided with stamped brass disc with use of valve clearly marked with index number designating valve and use. Provide neat typewritten index directory, framed and under glass, and mounted in Mechanical Room. Index: Numbered consecutively through Plumbing, Heating and Air Conditioning, in that order, with each valve on project provided with separate number. END OF SECTION s PIPING 15060-4 r� SECTION 15250 INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This contract includes furnishing and installing all insulation specified herein. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS "' A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be furnished as part of this project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND DUCT INSULATION A. All insulation required under the Plumbing contract and Heating and Air Conditioning Contract shall be equal to and as manufacturedby Knauf Fiber Glass, Certainteed, or Schuller, and shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. B. Insulation: 1. Cold WaterPiping Within Building Lines - Shall be insulated with 1" thick fiber glass pipe insulation, with a factory applied all service jacket. 2. Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return - Shall be insulated with 1" thick fiber glass pipe insulation with a factory applied all service jacket. All service jacket may be omitted ` underground. Piping exposed to weather shall be insulated same as cold water above, but all joints in insulation shall be sealed with a waterproof sealant. 3. Condensate Drain Lines - Shall be insulated with Schuller, Certainteed, or Knauf, 1/2" thick, or approved equal. Secure joints with #57 adhesive. 4. Overhead Heating and Air Conditioning Sheet Metal Ducts - Shall be insulated with 2" fiber glass duct wrap with aluminum foil Kraft vapor barrier, and shall be secured to ductwork with an approved adhesive and be sealed and stapled in place, 1-1/2 1b. density. 5. Pipe Fittings - Insulate pipe fittings with pre -molded PVC fittings according to manufacturer's recommendation. 6. Contractor at his option may use interior duct liner in lieu of exterior insulation. Duct liner shall be Certainteed, Schuller, or Knauf duct liner, or approved equal, 1-1/2 lb. per cubic ft. density with vinyl spray one side. All transverse joints shall be protected against air erosion by properly sealing all edges and securing with sheet metal clips. Duct liner shall be secured with mastic, 100% coverage and clips 18" on center. ., C. Where insulation is indicated to be applied inside of ducts, exterior insulation will not be required. D. Where insulation occurs inside of ducts, allowance shall be made in sheet metal ductwork to ` INSULATION 15250-1 eA+ PON accommodate a total thickness of two inches. P" 2.2 EQUAL MATERIALS CONSIDERATION A. Approval of equipment other than that specified does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of modifying the equipment if necessary to meet Structural, Architectural, Electrical, or Mechanical conditions as detailed and specified on the drawings. 2.3 SMOKE AND FLAME SPREAD A. All duct and pipe insulation shall have a flame spread no greater than 25 and a smoke developed rating no greater than 50. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSULATION L A. All insulation shall be applied to clean surfaces and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. POP END OF SECTION INSULATION 15250-2 M, r SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This contract will include the furnishings and installation of all labor and material necessary to complete all plumbing and gas fittings as shown on the drawings and as herein specified as follows: 1. Water supply and service. 2. System of sanitary drainage, venting and connection to all fixtures as shown on the drawings. 3. Furnishing and installation of all fixtures as shown on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL A. All submittals required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be furnished as part of this project. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUAL MATERIAL CONSIDERATION A. Approval of equipment other than that specified does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of modifying the equipment if necessary to meet Structural, Architectural, Electrical, or Mechanical conditions as detailed and specified on the drawings. 2.2 FIXTURES A. Furnish and install all fixtures and products in accordance with fixture schedule as shown on the drawings and as listed in Fixture Schedule or the approved equal of other manufacturer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quantity of all fixtures, drains, valves, etc., as shown, as herein specified or as required to make his installation complete. Hot and cold water supplies shall be provided with chromium plated wall loose key stops, chrome plated P -traps with cleanouts, and chromium plated supplies. Immediately upon award of the contract, this Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval, a brochure giving a complete description of all fixtures, equipment and fittings which he proposes to use. See Plumbing Fixture Schedule at the end of this section. All plumbing fixtures, floor drains, etc., shall be equipped with tamperproof screws. B. All floor mounted water closets and floor mounted service sinks shall be set in a bed of plaster of paris and anchored to floor with brass anchoring bolts with brass screw caps. After fixture is set and plaster of pans is dried, this Contractor shall caulk around base of fixture and with white General Electric Silicone sealant, or approved equal. Seal around wall mounted lavatories and urinals with white General Electric silicone sealant. PLUMBING 15400-1 C. All fixtures mounted on stud walls shall be provided with carriers. Pipe uprights shall extend up into joist space, supported from roof joist with 2" channels. Carriers shall be as follows: 1. Lavatories Wade, Josam, or Zurn 2. Service Sinks Wade, Josam, or Zurn. 2.3 TRAPS A. Each fixture and piece of equipment requiring connections at the drainage system shall be equipped with a trap. Traps installed on hub-and-spigot pipe shall be extra.-heavy cast-iron. Traps installed on threaded pipe shall be recess drainage pattern. All floor drains shall be equipped with a deep seal trap. 2.4 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe, except that cleanout plugs larger than 4" will not be required. Cleanouts and access covers at finished walls and exterior walls shall be Wade, Josam, or Zurn N.B. cover and at finished floors shall be Wade, Josam, or Zurn N.B. cover, or approved equal. Omit access covers for cleanouts in other locations. All wall covers shall be cadmium plated, and all floor cleanouts shall be polished nickel bronze flush with finish floor. Cleanouts exterior to the building shall be Wade, Josam, or Zurn with 9" x 9" access cover set flush with finish grade in 16" x 16" concrete pad, or as detailed on the drawings. 2.5 ACCESS DOORS A. Furnish and install where shown on the drawings, Wade, Josam, or Zurn stainless steel access door, size as noted on the drawings, or specified elsewhere. Install gate valves behind doors as shown. Doors shall be provided with hexed locks, all keyed alike. 2.6 EQUIPMENT UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. Extend water, drainage, gas and vent piping to all equipment as shown on the drawings as being ` furnished by others. This equipment will be set in place by others, but all connections to same shall be by this Contractor. Ends of all stub-ups shall be capped for future connections as directed on the job by the Engineer. This Contractor shall verify the exact location and type of equipment on the job before roughing-in. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Utilities: This Contractor shall furnish and install, and shall pay for connections to water, gas, and sewer piping, all in accordance with requirement of the local service companies concerned. B. Cross Connections and Interconnections: No plumbing fixtures, device or piping shall be installed which will provide a cross connection or interconnectionbetween a distributing supply for drinking or domestic purposes and a polluted supply such as a drainage system of a soil or waste into the water supply system. C. The Contractor shall provide all necessary material and labor to connect to the Plumbing System all fixtures and equipment shown on the drawings having plumbing connections and which are furnished and installed by others or are specified in other sections of these specifications. PLUMBING 15400-2 P" r-+ RO* M.. PM D. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions. Where pipes extend through concrete members, this Contractor shall core all such members and slabs, unless sleeves have been provided. Chipping concrete will not be allowed, and if any coring of the concrete members is necessary, this contractor shall call it to the Architect's attention before doing same. E. Pipe openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. Fixtures and equipment shall be tightly covered and protected against dirt, water and chemical or mechanical injury. At the completion of the work the fixtures, materials, and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned. 3.2 STERILIZATION A. The entire hot and cold waterpiping system shall be thoroughly sterilized with a solution containing not less than fifty (50) parts per million (ppm) of available chlorine or sodium hypochlorite solution and shall be introduced into the system in a manner approved by the Architect. The sterilizing solution shall be allowed to remain in the system for a period of 24 hours, during which time all valves and faucets shall be opened and closed several times. All residual of 4 ppm shall be produced in all parts of the system at the end of the 24 hour period. After sterilizing, the solution shall be flushed from the system with clean water until the residual of chlorine content is not greater than .02 ppm unless otherwise noted. END OF SECTION PLUMING 15400-3 PM SECTION 15650 AIR CONDITIONING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Contractor shall furnish and install where shown on the drawings, complete Summer -Winter, indoor and outdoor mounted air conditioning systems as shown on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be fiunished as part of this project. 1.4 REBATES AND INCENTIVES A. Any and all rebates or incentives offered by utility companies or equipment manufacturers shall go directly to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. All units shall be of the same manufacturer and shall have capacities and efficiency ratings as scheduled. B. Other equipment than that scheduled shall have seven day prior approval. C. Acceptable manufacturers are Trane, Lennox, and Carrier. 2.2 BLOWER COIL UNITS A. General: Furnish and install where shown on the drawings, blower coil units complete with all coils, filters, blowers, heating elements and filters. The blower coil units shall be completely factory assembled including coil, condensate drain pan, fan, motor, filters and controls in an insulated casing that can applied in horizontal or vertical configuration. B. Casing: Units shall have a rugged galvanized sheet metal and steel frame construction. The casing shall be painted with an enamel finish. The casing shall be insulated and provide knockouts for electrical power and control wiring. C. Refrigerant Circuits: The units shall have a single refrigerant circuit. The refrigerant circuit shall be controlled by a factory installed non -bleed thermal expansion valve. AIR CONDITIONING 15650-1 PON D. Coil: Coil shall be constructed of an aluminum fin surface mechanically bonded to 3/8 inch OD copper tubing. Coils shall be factory pressure and leak tested. E. Fan: The blower housing shall be forward curved, dynamically balanced with a 3 speed direct drive fan motor. The fan motor shall be permanently lubricated. F. Controls: Low voltage terminal board, fan contactor, and plug in module for accessory electric heat control shall be included. G. Filters: 25% efficiency standard size filters shall be included. H. Electric Heaters: Heaters shall be U.L. approved and with KW capacities and voltages as listed on the drawings. Heaters shall be factory assembled and wired complete with all controls, fuses and safety devices. Heating elements shall be helix wound nichrome wire located directly in the air stream. 2.3 HEAT PUMP UNITS A. The air cooled heat pump units shall be for outdoor installation and shall be complete with all controls and wiring as required. The cabinet shall be constructed of galvanized steel with a baked enamel finish. The compressor and control box shall be located in a separate compartment lined with fiberglass insulation and have a removable panel for service access. The units shall be designed for vertical air discharge and shall have non -corrosive PVC coated steel condenser fan guard and condenser coil guard. The compressor shall be hermetically sealed with built-in protection devices for protection from excessive current and temperatures. The compressor shall be suction cooled, overload protected and equipped with a crankcase heater and the entire running gear shall be spring mounted. The coil section shall be constructed of rippled -edged aluminum fins mechanicallybonded to copper tubes. The condenser fans shall have a direct drive motor inherently protected and totally enclosed. Other accessories for the heat pump units shall include refrigerant dryers, high pressure switch, start controls, expansion valve kit, timed -off controls and low ambient controls. Each unit shall have reverse cycle defrost control, quick heat recovery cycle, and electric resistant heat lockout. The entire unit shall be rated in accordance with ARI Standard 210/240, as well as ARI Standard 270, and shall be U.L. listed. 2.4 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Rpm A. Basic Unit Control System: 1. Units shall be controlled by wall -mounted thermostats as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Each unit shall be equipped with a positive fan start device on a call for heat. 3. The condensing units shall be furnished with time off cycle devices to prevent short cycling of the compressors. They shall also have high- low pressure cutouts, 3 leg overload protection and internal thermostats in the compressor to limit winding and discharge temperature to safe limits. 4. Refrigerant control shall be by thermostatic expansion valves. 5. In addition to the above, contactors, relays and safety devices necessary for a complete operational system shall be furnished. 6. Each unit over 2000 CFM shall be equipped with a smoke detector in the return air and supply air compartment to shut the fan down on a detection of smoke. 7. Each unit shall be equipped with an outdoor thermostat to change from heat pump operation to resistance heat operation. 1 AIR CONDITIONING 15650-2 2.5 WARRANTIES A. All heating and air conditioning equipment shall have a one1 additional four (4) years on the compressor. () y warranty °n pis and an PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SOUND ISOLATION A. To prevent sound transmission and vibration, all air handling units, and rooftop mounted units, shall be isolated from the building construction by means of mounting designed to obtain the highest efficiency of sound isolation as recommended by Vibration Mountings and Controls Co., Korfund Co., or approved equal, for the particular piece of equipment receiving same. B. Isolators sizes and methods of installation shall be in accordance with recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT A. Upon completion of work the Contractor shall balance the system so that the quantity and proper velocity of air is delivered at each outlet uniformly as indicated on the drawings to within ten percent (10%). Necessary adjustment shall be made to the system to produce these quantiti eliminate any objectional drafts or noise which might exies of air, and to n exist.. Contractor shh perform all air balancing in the presence of the Architect's Field Representative. a B. when balancing has been completed, the Contractor shall provide the Architect with all necessary data, readings, and velocities at each outlet to substantiate that the systems are balanced and providing the necessary quantities of air as shown on the drawings. C. If the Architect deems it necessary, the Contractor shall rebalance air units and correct conditions to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. END OF SECTION ' AIR CONDITIONING 15650-3 ems+ VENTILATING 15804-1 SECTION 15804 VENTILATING PART GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Conform with applicable provisions of the General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements. B. The work covered by this section of the specifications shall include the furnishing of all labor and materials as required for the installation of a complete ventilating system and its related work. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0 13 00. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be furnished as part of this project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EXHAUST SYSTEM A. Furnish and install an exhaust system all as shown on the drawings. B. Provide exhaust ducts, properly flashed and waterproofed as shown. C. All inline exhaust fans shall be Cook, Greenheck, Acme, or approved equal, of size and capacity as shown on the drawings. Fan housing shall have a baked powder painted finish. All units shall be equipped with a backdraft damper, and all exhaust ducts shall extend to the outside, properly flashed and waterproofed. D. All roof -mounted exhaust fans shallbe aluminum construction asmanufacturedby Greenheck, Cook, Acme, or approved equal. Fans shall be complete with bird screens, disconnect switches, roof curbs, and backdraft dampers. Roof curbs shall be fabricated to accommodate a 4/12 pitch. E. Fan shaft bearings, for belt drive fans, shall be heavy duty regreaseable ball type in cast iron housings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The exhaust systems shall be installed complete with all ductwork, fans and controls as shown on the drawings. ems+ VENTILATING 15804-1 B. All roof mounted units shall be mounted on roof curbs and secured by sheetmetal screws. C. Exhaust fans shall be controlled by wall mounted switches, interlocked with light switches, or controlled by temperature sensing devices, all as scheduled on the drawings. END OF SECTION AVIR VENTILATING 15804-2 PART GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered by this section of the specifications includes the furnishings of all material and labor as required for the installation of a complete duct system, as shown on the drawings and as herein specified. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS �. A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be furnished as part of this project. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 LOW VELOCITY - LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. All ductwork shall be of the sizes indicated on the drawings, shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished airtight joints. The ducts shall be installed as to be completely free of vibration. Metal duct slip joints shall be made with an inside radius of not less than the width of the duct, except that Factory Fabricated Air Turns shall be used where a sharper turn must be made or where otherwise indicated on the drawings. All takeoffs to registers shall be made with Factory Fabricated Deflectrols, or approved equal, and all major branches where noted on the plans shall have splitters with an accessible operating handle and locking device, Young Model No. 917 right angle gear and No. 1 ceiling regulator, or approved equal. B. All ductwork shall be constructed of galvanized iron sheets fabricated and installed in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards for Low Velocity Systems. *+ C. Air turns shallbe factory manufactured. No job built turning vanes will be used on this job. Where insulation is applied inside of ducts, turning vanes shall be installed inside of insulation. D. After all ducts are installed, all dirt and debris shall be removed from inside of ducts. E. Round ducts shall be flex duct as manufactured by ATCO Rubber Products, Inc., or equal. Ducts shall be UL 181, Class 1 air duct. Ducts shall be installed in accordance with ASBRAE and SMACNA guidelines. F. All duct construction seam corners and connections shall be sealed with white "Permagum Slugs" as manufactured by Virginia Chemicals, Inc. DUCTWORK 15840-1 I 0 I G. All ductwork shall be made airtight and reinforced as required for pressures as shown on the drawings. H. All dimensions indicated shall be sheet metal dimensions. Allowance shall be made for internal insulation as it occurs, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 2.2 ACCESS DOORS A. Access doors in ductwork shall be 2" smaller in height than duct dimensions and 12" wide and located in accessible locations on both sides of all fire and smoke dampers. Doors in vertical position shall be equal to Ventlok insulated type, complete with all binges, hardware and air seal. Doors in horizontal position shall bejob built complete with sash lock, two (2) per side, and rubber air seal, all as manufacturedby Ventlok, Acudor, Cesco, or approved equal. 2.3 ZONE VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Volume control dampers shall be furnished and installed where shown on the drawings for all air unit zone ducts with locking operator installed on bottom side of ducts. B. Dampers shall be the opposed blade type with comer bracing for stiffening as manufactured by Young Regulator Co., Ruskin, Cesco, or approved equal, of size shown on the drawings. 2.4 LOW PRESSURE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Furnish and install flexible connections of 30 ounce woven glass fabric from discharge and return openings of equipment to ductwork. The flexible connections shall be of a type that is airtight, equal to Ventfabrics "Ventglas", and shall be installed in such a manner that the air flow is not restricted nor the connection leaks air. At least 1" slack shall be allowed in connection to insure that no vibration is transmitted from fans to ductwork. B. Fabric connections shall be UL approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All duct systems shall be installed in a workmanlike manner and shall provide a complete and working system. B. Hangers for ductwork shall be galvanized steel straps and/or electro -plated zinc or hot -dipped galvanized after threading, threaded rods, minimum of 3/8" diameter. C. Hangers shall be spaced a maximum of 8'-0" on center. D. When threaded hanger rods are used, bearing plate shall be on channel and/or angle, hot -dipped galvanized after cutting, and drilling of hanger rod holes. E. Hanger rods shall be secured to channels and/or angle by galvanized washer, nut, and locket nut. Hanger rods shall be suspended from super -structure. DUCTWORK 15840-2 rte+ 3.2 CLEANING A. After installation is complete, all equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned. Filters shall be cleaned and/or replaced with new. Damaged paint shall be sanded and touched -up. All damaged insulation shall be replaced. END OF SECTION SECTION 15870 !�* GRILLES, REGISTERS AND CEILING DIFFUSERS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered by this section of the specification includes the furnishing of all labor and materials as required for the installation of a complete air diffusing system as shown on the drawings, and as hereinafter specified. All side wall grilles, supply and returns, shall comply with NFPA Standard No. 90A. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit manufacturer's data for approval on all materials to be furnished as part of this project. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 SIDE WALL RETURN AIR GRILLES A. All side wall return air grilles shall be with beaded frames and removable cores. Cores shall be a minimum of 86% free area and shall conform to NFPA Standard No. 90A. 2.02 CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS A. Ceiling supply diffusers, except where shown on the drawings and/or specified, shall be all fully adjustable, all as shown on the drawings. All diffusers shall be equipped with deflectrols and opposed blade volume controls operated from the face of the diffusers and deflectrols. B. Ceiling diffusers shall be of the removable core type, and hinge assemblies for 1, 2, 3 or 4 -way deflection where shown on the drawings. 2.3 CEILING RETURN AIR GRILLES A. Ceiling return air grilles shall be all as shown on the drawings. All ceiling return air grilles shall be equipped with removable cores. 2.4 FINISHES A. Side wall supply registers, side wall returns and side wall exhaust grilles shall be electroplated zinc core and prime coat frame. Ceiling supply diffusers shall be baked white enamel. Ceiling return air grilles shall be baked white enamel. Ceiling exhaust grilles shall be baked white enamel. Ceiling transfer grilles shall be baked white enamel. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND CEILING DIFFUSERS 15870-1 PART 3 EXECUTION .+ 3.1 GUARANTEE A. This Contractor shall ensure that the grilles, registers and diffusers are recommended by the manufacturer for the installation in the surfaces as shown and the application shown. END OF SECTION r - GRILLES, REGISTERS AND CEILING DIFFUSERS 15870-2 e� SECTION 16010 ^+ GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS ems PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. B. Furnish all labor, materials, service, equipment and appliances required to complete the installation of the complete electrical system in accordance with the specifications and contract drawings. C. Contractor shall review all other disciplines plans and specifications for additional requirements for temperature controls, motor controls, damper actuators, etc. and shall provide wiring and installation as required. D. All wiring for all systems shall be installed in conduit. E. Electrical Division Index: 16010 - General Electrical Provisions 16110 - Raceways 16120 - Conductors 16130 - Boxes and Fittings 16134 - Panelboards 16140 - Wiring Devices 16170 - Switches and Fuses 16500 - Lighting 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. This Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete all electrical and related work as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified as follows. All exposed wiring and all wiring below grade shall be in conduit as specified. 1. From starting point connect all panelboards, power outlets, convenience outlets, switches and controls. 2. Conduits, junction boxes, and blank plate for the telephone system. 3. Conduits, pull wires, junction boxes for Owner furnished equipment. 4. All disconnects, starters, etc. required for equipment furnished under other contracts. 1.3 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATOR AGENCIES AND STANDARDS A. Regulatory Agencies: Installations, materials, equipment and workmanship shall conform to the applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code (NEC), the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), and the terms and conditions of the electrical utility and other authorities having lawful jurisdiction pertaining to the work required. All modifications required by these codes, rules, regulations and authorities shall be made by the Contractor without additional charge to the Owner. B. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL): All materials, appliances, equipment or devices shall conform to the applicable standards of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. The label of, or listing by, UL is required. GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16010-1 .. C. Standards: Where referenced in these specifications or on the drawings, the publications and standards of the following organizations shall apply: American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM), Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material List: As soon as possible after contract award and before material is ordered, the Contractor shall submit for approval a list of all proposed material and equipment, indicating manufacturer's name and general description B. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval in accordance with the requirements contained in the Section 01300, a minimum of six (6) copies of all shop drawings after the material list has been approved and prior to ordering. Show complete outlines, dimensions, electrical services, control diagrams, electrical characteristics of special nature or critical to the installation, and pertinent data required for installation. Indicate in the transmittal that submittal has been reviewed and accepted and all contract deviations identified. In addition to, but not limited to, specific references or requests, submit shop drawings for the following applicable items: Switchboards, panelboards, lighting fixtures, transformers, alarm systems, primary cable, emergencybattery units, fire alarm and security systems, underfloor duct, safety switches, motor starters, wiring devices. PART 2 PRODUCTS a- 2.1 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS A. The electrical requirements for equipment specified or indicated on the drawings are based on information available at the time of design. If equipment furnished for installation has electrical requirements other than indicated on the electrical drawings, the Contractor shall make all adjustments to wire and conduit size, controls, overcurrent protection and installation as required to accommodate the equipment supplied, without additional charge to the Owner. The complete responsibility and costs for such adjustments shall be assigned to the respective section of this ems, specification under which the equipment is furnished. 2.2 MATERIALS A. All similar materials and equipment shall be the product of the same manufacturer. B. Where no specific material, apparatus, or appliance is mentioned, any first-class product made by a reputable manufacturermay be used, providing it conforms to the contract requirements and meets the approval of the Engineer. C. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such material and shall be the manufacturer's current and standard design. D. Equipment affected by altitude shall perform satisfactorily the function intended at an altitude of the project site. E. Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective publications and other requirements specifiedbelow. Other materials and equipment shall be as specified elsewhere herein and as shown on the drawings, and shall be the products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products. GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16010-2 r 0 r 3.1 GENERAL A. Fabrication, erection and installation of the complete electrical system shall be done in a first class workmanlike manner by qualified personnel experienced in such work and shall proceed in an orderly manner so as not to hold up the progress of the project. The Electrical Contractor shall check all areas and surfaces where electrical equipment or material is to be installed, removed or relocated and report any unsatisfactory conditions before starting work. Commencement of work signifies this Contractor's acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING A. Furnish and install all temporary electrical facilities required for construction and safety operations 3.3 PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Thoroughly test all fixtures, services, and all circuits for proper operating condition and freedom from grounds and short circuits before acceptance is requested. All equipment, appliances, and devices shall be operated under load conditions. B. After the interior -wiring system installation is complete and at such time as the Engineer may direct, conduct operating tests for approval. When requested, test all the wire, cable, devices, and equipment after installation, to assure that all material continues to possess all the original characteristics as required by governing codes and standards listed in these specifications. C. Prior to acceptance or beneficial occupancy, establish nominal building power loads and record voltage readings at all panelboards. Based on these readings make final adjustments of tap changers on all transformers in the building electrical system to comply with specifications and equipment installed. D. Perform such other tests as required by other sections of these specifications or as requested to prove acceptability. 3.4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS A Instructions: Without additional charge to the Owner, furnish competent instruction to the Owner in the care, adjustment and operation of all parts of the electrical equipment and systems. B. Manuals: Upon completion of the work, prepare and deliver to the Engineer two (2) sets of complete operating and maintenancemanuals for the systems and major equipment installed. Include catalog data, shop drawings, wiring diagrams, performance curves and rating data, spare parts lists, and manufacturer's operating and maintenance data. C. Other: The above requirements are in addition to spec instructions and manuals specified for individual systems or equipment. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. Mark each individual motor controller, disconnect switch, transformer, and remote control device to identify each item with its respective service. Provide engraved phenolic nameplates in finished area. GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16010-3 B. Provide nameplates with engraved lettering not less than 3/8 inch high where specified. In general, use white core laminated plastic. C. Identify panelboards, motor control centers, switchboards, and cabinets by nameplates with descriptions indicated on the drawings together with indication of location of the feeder overcurrent. protection. Install on outside of hinged doors of panelboards and cabinets. 3.6 WORKMANSHIP A. All work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat and mechanical appearance upon completion. All mechanics shall be capable experienced electricians. B. Panels and cutout boxes shall be properly supported from the building construction. Boxes shall be set plumb and at height best suited for adequate operation. Wiring troughs and barriers shall be as required by the National Electric Code as amended to date. C. Symbols on drawings are approximately correct, but care shall be taken that all fixture outlets are symmetrical on spaces, ceiling panels, bays or rooms, and all switch outlets are on the strike side of doors. D. Outlets may be varied slighting in location either horizontally or vertically by the Owner before installation. Outlets for special equipment shall be located and verified on the job before final rough -in is made. E. Unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed, locate outlet boxes as follows: (Dimensions are from bottom of box to floor.) All mounting heights shall be in compliance with ADA requirements. Switches 4'-0" ¢' Convenience Outlet P-6" or as noted Telephone Outlet 1'-6" or as noted Thermostats 4'-0" Panelboards 6'-0" from top of box Power Outlets F-6" or as noted F. All work shall be concealed, and panels, boxes, etc., shall be flush type, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. All conduits and wiring shall be run from overhead unless otherwise noted. If walls do not extend to ceilings, run conduit in slabs. G. All flush outlet boxes shall be set so that edge of cover comes flush with finished surface. Outlet boxes shall be of a suitable size and construction to serve the purpose properly. PM H. There shall be no more knockouts opened in any outlet box than are actually required. I. Outlet boxes shall be provided in all cases with proper supports for fixtures. J. All wires shall be polarized. No joints or taps in feeders will be permitted under any condition. " K. Joints in branch circuits shall occur only where such circuits divide, and shall then consist of one (1) through circuit, to which shall be spliced the branch from this circuit. L. Wire and cable connectors shall be solderless, mechanical type. Connectors for conductors #8 AWG and smaller shall be Buchanan Electrical Products copper squeeze -on type with molded rubber or GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16010-4 vinyl cap, Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. Scotchlock, or Ideal Industries Super -Nut spring connector with molded vinyl cap. M. Conduits shall be of such size and shall be so installed that the required conductors may be drawn in without injury or excessive stain. Powdered soapstone only may be used as a lubricant where necessary. Sizes of conduits shall be in accordance with National Code tables. Flexible metal conduit may be used for final connections to motors, etc., but shall not be over 48" in total length from outlet box to motor. Waterproof flexible conduit may be used in exterior locations. Connectors for conductors larger than #8 AWG shall be mechanical bolted type, insulated with clamp -on molded covers or vinyl plastic tape. The manufacturer shall be O.Z. Electrical Manufacturing Co., or Burudy Engineering Company. Flexible conduit smaller than 1/2" diameter shall not be permitted to be used. N. Where conduits enter boxes they shall be secured in place by galvanized locknuts and bushings. Conduit ends shall be carefully plugged during construction. O. Conduits, except those which are vertical for their entire length, and except conduits connecting ceiling outlets together, shall have a drag consisting of a number of tight fitting rubber washers drawn through before wires are pulled in. P. No more than one circuit shall be installed in any one conduit. END OF SECTION GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 16010-5 POR SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUITS A. Rigid Steel Conduit: Rigid, threaded, thick -wall, zinc -coated on the outside and either zinc -coated or coated with an approved corrosion -resistant coating on the inside. B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid, threaded, lightweight steel zinc-coatedon the outside and either zinc -coated or coated with an approved corrosion -resistant coating on the inside. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Mild steel, zinc -coated on the outside and either zinc -coated or coated with an approved corrosion -resistant coating on the inside. D. Flexible Conduit: Commercial Greenfield, galvanized steel, with a separate grounding bond wire .. installed in the conduit in addition to other wires. E. Liquid -Tight Flexible Conduit: Flexible galvanized steeltubing with extruded liquid -tight PVC outer jacket and a continuous copperbonding conductor wound spirally between the convolutions. Where a separate grounding conductor is installed in the conduit, bonding conductor in the conductor in the convolutions may be omitted. F. Conduit Size: Minimum conduit size 1/2 inch except where specifically approved for equipment connections. Sizes shall be as noted on the drawings and where not noted sizes shall be as required by the NEC. 2.2 CONDUIT FITTINGS A. Rigid Steel Conduit, IMC, and EMT Fittings: Iron or steel. Cast fittings may be used. B. Flexible Conduit Fittings (Commercial Greenfield): Either steel or malleable iron only, with insulated throats, and shall be of one of the following types: 1. Wedge and screw type with angular wedge fittings between the convolutions of the conduit. 2. Squeeze or clamp type with bearing surface contoured to wrap around the conduit and clamped by one or more screws. 3. Steel, multiple point type, for threading into internal wall of the conduit convolutions. C. Liquid -Tight Flexible Conduit Fittings: With threaded grounding cone, a steel, nylon or equal plastic RACEWAYS 16110-1 compression ring, and a gland for tightening. Gland shall be either steel or malleable iron only with insulated throats and mall thread and locknut or male bushing with or without "O" ring seal. Each connector shall provide a low resistance ground connection between the flexible conduit and the outlet box, conduit or other equipment to which it is connected. D. Connectors and couplings: Compression type threadless fittings for rigid steel conduit or IMC permitted. Set screw type fittings for rigid aluminum conduit not permitted. Steel set screw connectors and couplings permitted for special conditions when approved. EMT couplings and connectors either steel, malleable iron, or cast fittings. "Concrete -tight" or "Rain -tight", and either .•. the gland and ring compression type or the stainless steel multiple point locking type. Connectors to have insulated throats. EMT fittings may be die cast compression fittings. E. Bushings: Insulated type, designed to prevent abrasion of wires without impairing the continuity of the conduit grounding system, for rigid steel conduit, IMC, and rigid aluminum conduit larger than 1/2 inch size. F. Expansion Fittings: Each conduit that is buried in or rigidly secured to the buildings construction on opposite sides of a building expansion joint and each long run of exposed conduit that may be subj ect to excessive stresses shall be provided with an expansion fitting. Expansion fittings shall be .•Q hot -dipped galvanized malleable iron with factory installed packing and a grounding ring. G. Sealing Fittings: Threaded, zinc or cadmium coated, cast or malleable iron type for steel conduits and threaded cast aluminum type for aluminum conduits. Fittings used to prevent passage of water vapor shall be of the continuous drain type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Conduit Systems: Rigid steel conduit, IMC, or EMT unless otherwise specified. Aluminum conduit is not permitted. B. EMT: Not permitted underground nor embedded in concrete. C. Flexible Conduits: Use flexible conduit for lights, motor or equipment connections and then only to the extent of minimum lengths required for connections. Install flexible conduit connections at all resilient -mounted equipment. Provide liquid -tight flexible conduit in exterior, wet or damp locations and for connections to wet -pipe mechanical systems. All flexible conduit in kitchen, food preparation, walk-ins, and dishwashing locations shall be liquid -tight. D. Conduit in Concrete: Rigid steel conduit, or rigid non-metallic conduit maybe embedded in concrete providing the outside diameter does not exceed one-third the thickness of the concrete slab, wall, or beam, is located entirely within the centerthird of the member, and lateral spacing of conduits is not less than three diameters. E. Steel Conduit in Ground: Rigid steel conduit, that is not completely encased in concrete but is in contact with ground or on a vapor barrier, shall be wrapped in Scotchap 51 half -lapped, or shall have an additional outside factory coating of polyvinyl chloride with a minimum coat thickness of 20 mils. Other PVC of Phenolic -resin -epoxy coating material which is equally flexible and chemically resistant may be used providing approval by the Engineer is obtained prior to installation. F. Exposed Conduits: Install exposed conduit systems parallel to or at right angles to the lines of the RACEWAYS 16110-2 rte. r i building. Right angle bends in exposed runs shall be made with standard elbows, screw jointed conduit fittings or conduit bent to radii not less than those of standard elbows. G. Concealed Conduits: Install conduit systems concealed where possible unless otherwise noted. Conduit systems may be exposed in unfinished utility areas, ceiling cavities, and where specifically approved by the Engineer. Install concealed conduit systems in as direct lines as possible. H. Exterior Underground Conduit: Galvanized rigid steel conduit, wrapped as above, shall be used for all circuits outside the building slab. Conduit shall be buried a minimum of 2'-6" below finished grade. Concrete encased PVC conduit may be used for all conductors except the service entrance secondary. I. Conduit Bends: In any conduit or EMT run the number of quarter bends or equivalent between terminations at cabinets or boxes shall not exceed four (4) bends for conduits up to 1-1/4 inch, three (3) bends for 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch conduits, and two (2) bends for 3- to 4 -inch conduits. Conduits run between cabinets or boxes shall not exceed 100 feet for straight runs nor 100 feet for runs with maximum number of bends. Bends in telephone feeder conduits shall be long -radius. J. Conduit Openings: Protect all vertical runs of conduits EMT terminating in the bottoms of boxes or cabinets, etc., from the entrance of foreign material prior to installation of conductors. K. Sealing Fittings: Install where required by the NEC, where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, and where otherwise indicated. L. Sleeves for Conduit: Install sleeves for conduit where shown or as required. Conduit sleeves not used shall be plugged with recessed type plugs. Sleeve all conduit passing through walls. Sleeves that are used shall be caulked tight with lead yarn. 3.2 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Supports: Provide supports for horizontal steel conduits and EMT as required by the National Electrical Code, including runs above suspended ceilings. In suspended ceiling construction, only lighting system branch circuit raceways shall be fastened to the ceiling supports. No supports shall be permitted from metal roof decks. B. Straps: Install one -hole pipe straps on conduits 1-1/2 inch or smaller. Install individual pipe hangers for conduits larger than 1-1/2 inch. Spring steel fasteners with hanger rods may be used in dry locations in lieu of pipe straps. C. Trapezes: Install multiple (trapeze) pipe hangers where two or more horizontal conduits or EMT run parallel and at the same elevation. Secure each conduit or EMT to the horizontal hanger member by a U bolt, one -hole strap or other specially designed and approved fastener. D. Hanger Rods: Install 3/16 inch diameter or larger steel rods for trapezes, spring steel fasteners, clips and clamps. Wire or perforated strapping shall not be used for the support of any conduit, EMT or light fixtures in open ceiling areas. E. Fastening: Fasten pipe straps and hanger rods to concrete by means of inserts or expansion bolts, to brickwork by means of expansion bolts, and to hollow masonry by means of toggle bolts. Wooden plugs and shields shall not be used. Power -driven fasteners may be used to attach pipe straps and hanger rods to concrete where approved by the Engineer. RACEWAYS 16110-3 F. All conduits not embedded in concrete shall be firmly secured by means of pipe clamps, hangers, etc., equal to Caddy Fasteners of ERICO Products,Inc. Wire wrapped around conduits and supporting members will not be acceptable. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Contractor shall furnish as -built drawings showing routing and/or terminations of all conduit and boxes run into floor and from underfloor into wall or above ceiling terminations. 3.4 CLOSING OF OPENINGS A. Wherever slots, sleeves or other openings are provided in floors or walls for the passage of conduits or other forms of raceway, including bus ducts, such openings, if unused, or the spaces left in such openings, shall be filled or closed in a manner approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRES AND CABLES (600 VOLTS) A. Type: Conform to the applicable UL and IPCEA Standards for the use intended. Copper conductors with 600 volt insulation. Stranded conductors for No. 8 AWG and larger. Aluminum conductors shall not be permitted. B. Insulation: Type THHN insulation minimum unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. Type THHN minimum cross-linked polyethylene 90 degrees C thermosetting insulation for conductors No. 8 or larger. 90 degrees C minimum insulation within fixture wireways of fluorescent fixtures, Type RF -2 or TF commercial fixture wire, No. 16 AWG may be used for Class 2 remote control and signal circuits. Concealed wiring shall be NM -B cable, or equal. C. Size: No. 12 AWG minimum unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. Not less than NEC requirements for the system to be installed. Conductors for trench circuits of 120 volts, or more than 100 feet long from panel to load center, shall be No. 10 AWG. Class 1 remote control and signal circuit conductors shall not be less than No. 14 AWG. Class 2 low energy remote control and signal circuits conductors shall be not less than No. 16 AWG. If Contractor furnishes other than specified equipment, it shall be his responsibility to furnish proper size conduit and conductors as required without additional cost to the Owner. D. Conductors shall be color coded as follows: 120/208V Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Ground Green Connect all conductors of the same color to the same phase conductor. Conductors No. 12 and 10 shall be solid color compound for the entire length. Conductor sizes larger than No. 10 may be color coded at each termination and in each box or enclosure with 6 inches of half -lapped 3/4 inch pressure -sensitive, plastic tape of respective colors in lieu of solid color compound. CONDUCTORS 16120-1 r 2.2 COMMUNICATION AND ELECTRONIC CABLE A. Foil shielded twisted pair cable shall be k approval. stranded copper, sized as required, with UL and FCC B. Unless otherwise noted, co -axial cable shall be Belden RG -59, 20 AWG. C. As required or specified in the section of these specifications specifying the equipment. be continuous from backboards or panels to outlets or other termination points without splicesl 2.3 VERTICAL CABLE SUPPORTS !^* A. Split wedge type supports which clamp each individual conductor and tightens due to weight of the cable shall be used for cables without metallic sheath. Basket weave type supports shall be used for tables with metallic sheath 2.4 CONNECTORS AND LUGS A. For Copper Conductors No. 6 and smaller: 3M Scotch -Lok or T&B Sta-Kon compression or indent type connectors with integral or separateinsulating caps. B. For Copper Conductors Larger than No. 6: Solderless, indent, hex screw, or bolt- e r �*•+ connectors, properly taped or insulated. type p essure 2.5 TAPE y A. Plastic tape, 8.5 mils minimum thickness, 1,000,000 megohms minimum resistant vinyl backing, oil -resistant acrylic adhesive, incapable of supporting combustionperAtanSTM combusti npeerr Aation res isceS oTM D-568 Test Method B. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 WIRE AND CABLE TESTS (600 VOLTS) A. Measure the insulating resistance of service entrance conductors, feeder circuit conduct ors, and service ground. Measurements shall be taken between conductors and between conductors and ground. Resistance shall be 1,000,000 ohms or more when tested at 500 volts by meter without branch circuit loads. Tests and procedures shall meet the approval of the Engineer, and shall be in accordance with the applicable IPCEA Standards for the wires and cables to be installed. Furnish all instruments, equipment and personnel required for testing, and conduct tests in presence of the Engineer. Submit written reports of the tests and results shall be furnished to the Engineer. 3.2 SPLICES (600 VOLTS AND UNDER) A. Permitted only at outlets or accessible enclosures. Conductor lengths termination to termination without splices unless shall be continuous from approved by the Engineer. 3.3 WIRE PULLING A. Preparation: Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire, pull no conductors into conduits until all work of a nature which may cause injury to conductors is completed. CONDUCTORS 16120-2 r B. Pulling Lines: Provide suitable installation equipment for pulling conductors into raceways or conduits. Use ropes of polyethylene, nylon or other suitable material to pull in conductors. Attach pulling lines to conductors by means of woven basket grips or by pulling eyes attached directly to conductors. C. Multiple Wires In A Raceway: All conductors to be installed in a single conduit shall be pulled in simultaneously. D. Cable Lubricant: Use an Underwriters Laboratories listed cablepuiling compound for building wire No. 4 and larger. All cable lubricants shall be UL listed, and shall be certified by their manufacturer to be non -injurious to the insulation on which they are used. E. Existing Conduit: Remove existing wire from raceway before pulling in new conductors. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING WIRE (600 VOLTS AND UNDER) A. General: Install conductors as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and the NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Feeders: Run all feeders their entire length in continuous pieces without joints or splices, insofar as practicable. Make joints in branch circuits only where circuits divide as shown on drawings. Such joints shall consist of one through circuit to which shall be spliced the tap circuit. C. Branch Circuits: Not more than one power or lighting circuit shall be installed in a single conduit, except that one 3 -wire circuit or one 4 -wire circuit consisting of 2 different phase wires and a common neutral or 3 different phase wires and a common neutral may be installed in a single conduit. This provision shall not prohibit the installation in a single conduit of all conductors of a circuit with three- and four-way switching. D. Dedicated Neutrals: Where indicated on the drawings, branch circuits shall be installed with dedicated neutrals in a single conduit. E. Wiring At Outlets and Switches: Install with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet and wall switch. F. Terminations: Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque -tightening values or specified in UL Standard 486A. G. Sizes: No wire shall be smaller than No. 12 except for signal or control circuits, and except for individual lighting fixture taps as permitted by the National Electrical Code. H. Receptacle and Motor Branch Circuits: No. 12 conductors unless noted or scheduled otherwise. I. Home Runs On 120 Volt, 20 Ampere Lighting Branch Circuits: Where length of run from panelboard to first lighting outlet exceeds 75 feet, use No. 10 conductors; otherwise use No. 12 conductors. J. Home Runs on 277 Volt, 20 Ampere Lighting Branch Circuits: Where length of run from panelboard to fust lighting outlet exceeds 175 feet, use No. 10 conductors; otherwise use No. 12 conductors. CONDUCTORS 16120-3 P. K. Different Voltages In Same Raceway: Power and lighting circuits of different system voltages (e.g., 208Y/120 and 480Y/277 volts) shall not occupy the same conduit. L. Emergency Lighting and Powered Conductors: Run in conduits separate from all other wiring. M. Joints and Splices: Make joints and splices only where necessary and only at outlet boxes and pull boxes. All joints shall be mechanically and electrically secure. After a joint or splice is complete, insulate it with rubber tape, and friction tape to make the insulation of the joint or splice equal to that of the conductor. In lieu of this, vinyl plastic tape maybe used if applied in at least four layers (half lapped in two directions), with all larger splices, terminals, sharp comers and voids being fust protected by application of insulating putty. N. Wet Locations: Conductor splices in wet locations shall be made in accordance with the conductor manufacturer's recommendations. O. Identifying Tags: Non-ferrous; stamped to clearly identify each circuit. Securely fasten tags to all cables, feeders and power circuits in pull boxes, lighting, power and distribution panelboards, etc. P. Bundling Conductors: Bundle all conductors in panelboards, cabinets and the like, using marlin twine lacing or nylon straps made for the purpose. Bundle conductors larger than No. 10 in individual circuits. Bundle smaller conductors in larger groups. Q. Cable Supports and Boxes: Install cable supports and boxes for all vertical conductors in accordance with National Electrical Code requirements. Boxes shall be of heavy galvanized steel plate construction, not less than No. 10 USS gauge, riveted to an angle iron frame. Removable box covers shall be secured with corrosion -resistant screws. For cables without a metallic sheath, cable supports shall be of the split wedge type which clamps each conductor firmly and tightens due to the weight of cable. For cables with metallic sheath, a basket weave or equal type of support shall be provided as approved by the cable manufacturer. END OF SECTION CONDUCTORS 16120-4 D r SECTION 16130 BOXES AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLET BOXES A. Construction: Zinc -coated or cadmium plated sheet steel boxes of a class to satisfy the condition at each outlet except where unlet or condulet bodies are required. Knockout type with knockouts removed only where necessaryto accommodatethe conduit entering. Square cornered, straight sided gang boxes, 4 inch octagon concrete rings and 4 inch octagon hung ceiling boxes with bars may be folded type; one-piece deep -drawn type for all other boxes. B. Size: To accommodate the required number and sizes of conduits, wires and splices in accordance with NEC requirements, but not smaller than size shown or specified. Standard concrete type boxes not to exceed 6 inches deep except where necessary to permit entrance of conduits into sides of boxes without interference with reinforcing bars. Special purpose boxes shall be sized for the device or application intended. C. Fixture Studs: 3/8 inch malleable -iron fixture stud in outlet boxes for ceiling lighting fixtures and interior bracket lighting fixtures, other than lamp receptacles and drop cards. D. Exposed: Screw joint type, with gasketed weatherproof covers in locations exposed to the weather. E. Tile Boxes: Rectangularin shape with square corners and straight sides for receptacles and switches mounted in furniture cabinets or in glazed tile, concrete block, marble, brick stone or wood walls. Install without plaster rings. F. 'Wall -Mounted Switch, Receptacle and Signal Boxes: Unless otherwise noted or specified, not less than 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep for signal devices, 4-11/16 inches by 2-1/8 inches deep for two devices and multigang boxes for more than two devices. Boxes for switches and receptacles on unfinished walls may be screw joint type with covers to fit the devices. G. Wall -Mounted Telephone Outlet Boxes: 4-11/16 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. H. Light Fixture Boxes: 4 inches diameterby 1-1/2 inch deep minimum for ceiling and interior bracket fixtures with concealed conduits. Plaster covers for bracket fixtures to have 3 inch diameter open- ings. Screw joint boxes with canopy seat for ceiling and interior bracket fixtures with exposed conduits. BOXES AND FITTINGS 16130-1 I. Grounding Terminal: Provide a grounding terminal in each box containing a g green equipment ground conductor, for serving motors, lighting fixtures, or receptacles. Grounding terminal shall be ,. green -colored washer -in -hand machine screw or grounding bushing. 2.2 PULL BOXES A. Minimum NEC requirements unless larger box is noted. Pull boxes with internal volume not more than 150 cubic inches shall be as specified for outlet boxes with blank covers. Pull boxes with internal volume over 150 cubic inches shall be as specified for cabinets except covers shall be same thickness as box and shall have corrosion -resistant screws or bolt attachments. 2.3 FLOOR BOXES A. Heavy-duty, cast, adjustable type suitable for the device or application indicated, unless noted. Provide carpet flanges in carpeted area. Each telephone outlet shall consist of a horizontal cast aluminum housing with a one inch bushed side opening. Outlets shall have provisions to accommodate a ten wire telephone terminal block. Gaskets shall be used to insure proper installation PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 OUTLET BOXES A. Installation: Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, outlet boxes shall be flush mounted and the front edges of the boxes or plaster covers shall be flush with the finished wall or ceiling line, or, if installed in walls and ceilings of incombustible construction, not more than 1/4 " inch back of same. Mount boxes with the long axes of devices vertical, unless otherwise specified. Boxes in plastered walls and ceilings shall be provided with plaster covers. A multiple of box extensions and/or covers will not be permitted. Install in a rigid and satisfactory manner with suitable metal bar hangers, box cleats, adjustable box hangers, etc. Use wood screws on woods, expansion shields on masonry and machine screws on steel work. B. Mounting Heights: The mounting height of a wall -mounted outlet box shall be construed to mean the height from the finished floor to the horizontal center line of the cover plate. On exposed tile, block, or brick construction mount outlet boxes at the nearest bed joint in the mounting height indicated. ' Verify with Architect. C. Wall -Mounted Switch, Receptacle and Signal Outlets: On columns, pilasters, etc., mount so the centers of the columns are clear for future installation of partitions. Install outlet boxes near doors or windows close to the trim. Install outlet boxes near the doors on the lock sides as shown on architectural drawings, unless other locations are approved by the Architect. 3.2 PULL BOXES A. Provide additional pull boxes wherever necessary to meet requirements for maximum lengths of conduit runs and maximum numbers of bends as specified under Conduit and Fittings. 3.3 FLOOR BOXES A. Install level with top covers adjusted flush with finished floor or floor tile. BOXES AND FITTINGS sem+ 16130-2 3.4 FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. Recessed or surface light fixtures in lay -in or accessible ceilings shall be connected with minimum 1/2 inch flexible metallic conduit, 4 to 6 feet long, with grounding provided. Flexible conduit shall not be used as the ground. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify all exposed junction and pull boxes according to the system and voltage carried by means ^'^ of painted -on stencils or labels, with legible letters and contrasting colors and without abbreviations. In general, use yellow color. Painting shall be in accordance with Division 9 - Finishes. END OF SECTION E BOXES AND FITTINGS 16130-3 P"" SECTION 16134 PANELBOARDS PARTI GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All submittal required in this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit complete shop drawings with outline dimensions, descriptive literature, and complete description of the frame size, trip setting, class, and interrupting rating of all overcurrent devices. Identify available spaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Dead front, safety type, with voltage ratings as scheduled. Panelboards shall be of the type required for the short circuit and duty ratings indicated on the drawings or specified. Panelboards shall be as manufactured by Square D, or approved equal, and shall be circuit breaker as scheduled. 2.2 CABINETS A. The panelboard bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. The rigidity and gauge of steel to be as speed in U.L. Standard 50 for cabinets. Wiring gutter space shall be in accordance with U.L. Standard 67 for panelboards. The box shall be fabricated from galvanized steel or equivalent rust resistant steel. Each front shall include a door and have a flush, cylinder tumbler -type lock with catch and spring-loaded stainless door pull. All panelboards locks shall be keyed alike. Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim clamps which shall be completely concealed when the doors are closed. Doors shall be mounted with completely concealed steel hinges. Fronts shall not be removable with door in the locked position. Column width fronts shall have exposed hinges and be screw cover type. A circuit directory frame and card with a clearplastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door. 2.3 BREAKERS A. Molded -case of frame size as scheduled or required. Provide quick -make and quick -break toggle mechanism, inverse -time trip characteristics and trip -free operation on overload or short-circuit. Automatic tripping shallbe indicatedby a handle position betweenthe manual OFF and ON position. Provide a trip element for each pole, a common -trip bar for all poles and a single molded insulating material handle. Handle ties will not be accepted. Adjustable magnetic trip devices shall be set at the factory to the low trip setting. Provide breaker frame sizes and interrupting capacity, as PANELBOARDS 16134-1 scheduled on drawings. See panel schedules on the plans for ratings. 2.4 BOLTED TYPE A. Circuit breaker current -carrying connections to the bus shall be of the bolted type, factory assembled. Stab -in type not permitted except inside apartments only. Provide bus bars for all panelboards of the sequence phased type connection. 2.5 SPACE ONLY A. Where "space only' is noted on the drawings, provide necessary connectors, mounting brackets, etc., for the future insertion of an overcurrent device. 2.6 DIRECTORIES A. Provide circuit directories on the inside face of the door. Directories shall be typed to indicate load served by each circuit. Directory card shall be mounted in holder and covered with clear plastic cover. 2.7 LABELS A. Labels for identifying the breakers shall be engraved laminated plastic strips attachedby screws, or phenolic buttons or small window -frame type. Adhesive stick -on labels alone will not be acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CIRCUITING A. Special care shall be taken so that circuits are connected to the panels in such an arrangement as to insure, insofar as possible, that loads on the different phases at the panel are balanced. END OF SECTION 16134-2 r" SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART PRODUCTS 2.1 SNAP SWITCHES A. Unless otherwise specified, each snap switch (flush tumbler -toggle) shallbe of the A.C. general use type for mounting in a single -gang spacing, fully rated 20 amperes minimum on inductive and resistive loads at 120/277 volts, conforming to minimum requirements of the latest revision of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., UL 20 Fifth Edition Standard Snap Switches and further requirements herein specified. Hospital grade, heavy duty, single -pole, 3 -way or 4 -way, of the maintained, momentary, or lock type as indicated on the drawings. Switches shall operate in any position and shallbe fully enclosed cup type with entire body of molded phenolic, urea or melamine with cover of molded phenolic, urea or melamine. Fibre, paper or similar insulating material shall not be used for body or cover. Ivory color handles unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Silver or silver alloy contacts. A.C. 120/277 volt general use snap switches shall be capable of withstanding tests as outlined in NEMA Publication WD1-1965, and shall be as follows unless otherwise noted: 20A 120/277 AC Hubbell 1P 1221-1 2P 1222-I 3 -way 1223-I 4 -way 1224-1 3 -position 2 cct maintained 1385-1 3 position 2 cct momentary 1557-1 Lighted handle pilot light 1221 -PL 2.2 RECEPTACLES A. General: Configuration and requirements for all connector or outlet receptacles shall be in accordancewith NEMA Publications Wdl-1965, Part 3 and Part 10. Fire-resistant, non-absorptive, hot -welded, phenolic composition or equal bodies and bases with metal plaster ears (integral with the supporting member). Single or duplex as shown or noted on drawings. Ivory color unless x< otherwise noted on the drawings. Double grip contacts for each prong. B. Grounding Type: All receptacle shall be grounding type with a green colored hexagonal equipment ground screw of adequate size to accommodate an insulated grounding jumper (based on Table 250- 95 of the NEC with minimum size No. 14 AWG). Grounding terminals of all receptacles shall be internally connected to the receptacle mounting yoke. WIRING DEVICES 16140-1 WIRING DEVICES 16140-2 C. Unless otherwise noted, receptacles shall be as follows: Hubbell s, 20A - 125V AC 2P 3W 8300-I 20A - 125V AC 2P 3W - GFI GF -8300-I 20A - 125V AC 2P 3W - Twist Lock Type 23000 HG D. Weatherproof receptacles shall consist of duplex receptacle as specified above, mounted in a box with a gasketed, weatherproof, cast metal coverplate and cap over each receptacle opening. The cap shall be permanently attached to the cover plate by a short length of bead chain or shall be of the spring hinged flap type. E. Isolated grounding receptacles shall be the same NEMA configuration as 20A 125 volt receptacle except that the grounding pole shall be isolated from the mounting strap and be colored orange similar to Hubbell #165251 or 164262. Ground these devices by means of a separate green equipment grounding conductor. F. Special: Receptaclesfor special applications shall be as indicated on the drawings. This Contractor shall verify exact requirements and furnish a matching receptacle where indicated. 2.3 PLUG CAPS A. Except for duplex receptacles, one matching plug cap shall be provided for each receptacle. No plug caps are required for duplex receptacles. Provide watertight, male plug caps in damp locations orwhere exposed to weather. 2.4 DEVICE PLATES A. General: Provide device plates for each switch, receptacle, signal and telephone outlet, and special purpose outlet. Provide multi -gang outlet plates for multi -gang boxes. Plates on finished walls shall be of stainless steel. Plates on paneled walls shall be brown. Screws shall be metal with countersunk heads, in a color to match the finish of the plate. B. Exposed: Plates for exposed screw jointed fittings shall match the fittings with edges of plates flush with edges of fittings. Heavy cadmium plates steel with gasket. Plates for cast type boxes at locations subject to wet or rain conditions shall be of the cast, vapor -tight type. Provide hinged lift covers for devices. C. Plates for special purpose outlets shall be of a design suitable for the particular application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DEVICE PLATES 7" A. Install with alignment tolerance of 1/1 6th inch and all edges in continuous contact with wall surfaces. END OF SECTION WIRING DEVICES 16140-2 SECTION 16170 SWITCHES AND FUSES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DISCONNECTING MEANS A. Safety Type Disconnecting Switches: Heavy duty, quick -make, quick -break type, 250 volt rating as required for application. Number of poles and ampacity as noted or required by code. All switches used on motor circuits shall have adequate horsepower rating in accordance with Table III of Federal Specification W -A-865. Safety switches employed as motor disconnect devices shall be of the fusible type only where two or more motors, or other loads, are connected to the same branch circuit. Non -fusible for single motors. Fuse clips suitable for Buss Fusetron fuses unless current limiting fuses are noted. Short circuit rating sufficient to withstand the available fault current or let -through current before the fuse melts without damage or change in rating. NEMA 1 enclosures for dry locations. NEMA 3R enclosures for wet locations or where exposed to weather unless otherwise noted. B. Separately Enclosed Motor Snap Switches: Motor snap switches shall be used for motor disconnect means, controller, and motor overcurrent protection for 120 volt, 3/4 H.P. and smaller, as indicated. These devices shall be horsepower rated and shall contain motor running overcurrent protection. 2.2 FUSES A. General: Dual element, time delay type, based on heavy service, Buss Fusetron unless otherwise noted or required for the installation. B. Current Limiting Fuses: Provide where indicated on the drawings. Feederprotection in conjunction with fused switches, install NEMA Class L fuses sized 125% of load current or as required for coordination. Current limiting high -interrupting capacityfuses coordinated with molded case circuit breakers shall be furnished by the circuit breaker manufacturer. C. Coordination: Coordinate the low voltage fuses required for the project to provide basic selective protection and properly coordinate with the other associated protective equipment. D. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer. 2.3 FUSE CABINET A. Provide one wall -mounted cabinet for storing all spare fuses. The cabinet shall have shelves and SWITCHES AND FUSES 16170-1 1i 0 PIN vertical divider compartment to each size fuse, a hinged door with latch, with the word FUSES stenciled on the front. Locate in Electrical Room. Cabinet shall have provisions for padlocking. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DISCONNECTING MEANS A. Install in each location indicated on the drawings. 3.2 SPARE FUSES A. Furnish one complete set of each size of current limiting fuse other than Fusetron, each size of current limiting fuse installed for circuit breaker protection, and each size Fusetron fuse in excess of 30 amperes. Also one spare set of each size high voltage fuses installed. END OF SECTION SWITCHES AND FUSES 16170-2 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to other applicable clauses and regulations for other requirements. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. General Electrical Provisions - Section 16010 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All submittal required by this section shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300. B. Submit for approval complete shop drawings, catalog cuts, special installation instructions, photometric data, and descriptive literature. When fixtures are proposed for substitution and prior approval has not been issued, the submittal for approval shall include catalog cuts of both the specified and proposed fixtures. Catalog numbers shown on the Fixture Schedule are indicative of the general type desired and are not intended to restrict selection to fixtures of any manufacturer. Fixtures of similar designs and equivalent light distribution and brightness characteristics and of equal finish and quality will be acceptableif approved by the Engineer. All fluorescent fixtures shall be of the type approved by Underwriters' Laboratories. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish all lighting fixtures throughout of the type indicated on the drawings, complete with lamps, sockets, wiring, fitters, hangers, plaster rings, etc., as required. 2.2 LAMPS A. Fluorescent: 32W F32/T8/SP35/WM unless noted otherwise. B. Incandescent: As scheduled. C. H.I.D.: As scheduled. MIR, D. Manufacturers: General Electric, Phillips or Sylvania. 2.3 BALLASTS A. Fluorescent: UL approved, high power factor with ETL certified CBM 1abe1, suitable for 120V operation as required. Sound rating of "A" for interior installations. Provide premium Class P protected ballasts with built-in thermally actuated automatic reclosing device. Manufacturers shall certify in writing that the ballast hot spot shall not exceed 90 degrees F. ambient temperature. Ballasts shall be electronic type. LIGHTING 16500-1 L .: r r B. H.I.D.: One lamp type as required for the application. Suitable for use with H.I.D. lamps. Ballast for exterior H.I.D. lamps shall be rated for -20 degrees F. C. Manufacturers: Advance Mark III, General Electric MaxiMiser 1. 2.4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. All fixtures, ballasts and supports shall be quiet in operation. Louvers, shields, reflectors and all sections of the channel structure shall be securely held in position. Fixtures shall not be mounted in such a way that ballast hum will be amplified or transmitted into work areas. 2.5 FINISH A. Bonderized or equal treatment on all steel parts prior to applying finish. Metal parts shall be aluminum, brass, copper, bronze, or steel, with white polyester powder coat finish unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 2.6 FLUORESCENT LAMPHOLDERS A. Designed so lamps will be held firmly in place, electrically and mechanically, permitting easy insertion or removal of lamps. Provide corrosion resistant treated lamp pin contacts. 2.7 CEILING TRIM A. r- 2.8 LENS �.. A. r*e Furnish proper ceiling frames for ceiling material in which recessed fixtures are to be installed. Verify prior to ordering. When an acrylic lens or diffuser is specified, it shall be of 100% acrylic meeting American Society for Testing Materials specifications for Methacrylate Molding and Extrusion Compounds (ASTM D788-63). Plastic diffusing panels, luminous sides panels and other luminous plastic members of fixtures shall be made of not less than .125 inch thick prismatic clean acrylic material. Plastic shall be non-flammable or shall have a flame spread rate of not more than 3.2 inches per minute for a 1/2 inch width of the material. The plastic shall show no yellowing apparent to the naked eye either when subjected to the acceleratedweathering test in accordance with ASTM D -795-44T (500 hours exposure, using type S-1 lamp) or after prolonged exposure to a fluorescent lamp source under conditions identical with those existing in the fixture in which it is to be used. The plastic shall be non -electrostatic or the finished parts shall be treated with an anti -static wax 2.9 HOUSING A. Not less than 20 gauge steel with white polyester power coat finish applied over corrosion -resistant primer unless otherwise specifically approved. 2.10 EMERGENCY LIGHT BATTERY PACKS A. Lighting fixtures so indicated on the drawings shall be provided with emergency lighting feature. Components shall consist of a sealed nickel-cadmiumbattery and a solid state invertor, charger and switch system. The components shall be self-contained within the fixture and be factory installed. The rechargeable battery shall operate one lamp at an emergency level of 1100 lumens for a minimum of 90 minutes. The fixture shall be UL listed. System shall have a 5 year unconditional LIGHTING 16500-2 guarantee. Units on switched circuits shall be wired such that the fixture canbe switched off without �~ causing the emergency battery to operate. r PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SUPPORTS A. Support ceiling fixtures by anchorage to the ceiling only where the ceiling is concrete or masonry units. Provide mounting angles on trapeze where required to support light fixtures between structural members. No lighting fixtures, conduit or outlet boxes shall be supported from the building sheet metal deck. Where lay -in construction is used, fixtures shall be on the lay -in type. Coordinate rt f 1 fixtur 'th C '1' C suppos or ay -in es wi ei ing ontractor. 3.2 LOW DENSITY CEILING A. Special attention is directed to the code restriction against mounting fluorescent fixtures on combustible low-density cellulose fiberboard (NEC 410-76(6)). If fixtures are to be installed that are not UL approved for this condition, a suitable mounting arrangement shall be developed which meets the approval of the Engineer. 3.3 CEILING TRIM AND MEANS OF SUPPORT A. The ceiling trim and means of support of recessed fixtures shall be coordinated with the type of ceiling to be installed to insure proper installation. 3.4 BLOCKING A. Protect housings of recessed lighting fixtures during installation of internal blocking or framing to prevent distortion of sides or dislocation of threaded lugs which upon completion must be in perfect alignment and match the corresponding holes in frames or rims so that holding screws can be installed freely without forcing and remain so they can be easily removed when servicing. Threads to receive holding screws shall be chased after plating and finishing to insure easy installation and removal of knurled beaded screws by thumb pressure. 3.5 LAMP GUARDS A. Provide safety guard clips on open type fluorescent fixtures to prevent lamps from falling. 3.06 CLEAN-UP A. At final inspection, the fixtures and lighting equipment shall be in first class operating order, in perfect condition as to finish, free from defects, completely lamped, clean and free from dust, plaster or paint spots, and complete with the required glassware, reflectors, side panels, louvers or other components necessary to complete the fixtures. 3.7 LAMPS A. Install new lamps in all lighting fixtures seven (7) days before building acceptance or beneficial occupancy, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION LIGHTING 16500-3